Timeline.

Thoughts about what I've come across.
  • Project Hail Mary

    31 May 2021

     

         

    Project Hail Mary by Andy Weir is another cool space engineering adventure by the author of The Martian. Here our adventurer wakes up on a spaceship and needs to find a way to save the earth from astrophages. A lot of engineering and dry humour later, well you will have to read for yourself.

    Read the full review

  • Saturday

    23 November 2020

     

         

    Saturday by Ian McEwan is another great novel by this most talented writer. I've enjoyed a few of his other books and will probably read more of them in the future.

    Read the full review

  • No Rules Rules

    15 November 2020

     

         

    No Rules Rules by Reed Hastings and Erin Meyer explores the work culture at Netflix. It explains the culture through three mechanisms: talent, candor (feedback), freedom (remove controls). The three mechanisms are explained at three levels (three feedback loops of more and more talent, candor, and freedom).

    Read the full review

  • Clearer Thinking Podcast (various episodes)

    26 October 2020

      

    Clearer Thinking

    "Clearer Thinking is the brand-new podcast about ideas that truly matter. If you enjoy learning about powerful, practical concepts and frameworks, or wish you had more deep, intellectual conversations in your life, then we think you'll love this podcast!"

    I really enjoy listening to Spencer Greenberg and his most interesting guests. He is a person to have thought about many different topics and then be able to list of 5 subcategories about disparate topics on the fly. Really interesting and the podcast allows me to discover people I hadn't know about before. Recommended.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Alien Information Theory

    26 October 2020

     

         

    Alien Information Theory by Andrew Gallimore aims to explain how DMT will allow us to see a higher dimension of reality than we currently can do. The book starts by explaining the neuroscience of psychedelics in a very informative, imaginary, and grounded way. Then from chapter 9 onward the reader is launched into hyperspace and Gallimore tries to convey how we are part of a larger HyperGrid (of information) that DMT is able to connect us to.

    Read the full review

  • Science Vs Presents: Is Yellowstone Gonna Blow?

    24 October 2020

      

    Science VS

    "We keep hearing that a Yellowstone supervolcano could blow at any moment — and possibly wipe us all out. So is Yellowstone overdue for the BIG ONE, and if it happens, how bad could it be? To find out, we talk to paleoecologist Dr. Gill Plunkett, Yellowstone Volcano Observatory Scientist-in-Charge Dr. Mike Poland and Washington resident Christian Jacobsen."

    Nope, we will get a long warning before some large supervolcano will blow. Good to know that science has progressed here (I guess this doesn't make for cool movies though).

    Listen to the episode

  • 221 - Success, Failure & The Common Good

    23 October 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Michael Sandel about the problem with meritocracy. They discuss the dark side of the concept of merit, the pernicious myth of the self-made man, the moral significance of luck, the backlash against “elites” and expertise, how we value human excellence, the connection between wealth and value creation, the ethics of the tax code, higher education as a sorting mechanism for a caste system, alternatives to 4-year colleges, and other topics."

    Always great to hear something from Michael Sandel, one of the first online courses I followed was by him (2012 if I remember correct - Justice course). Merit is taken all wrong, according to Sandel, and self-made (a related concept) is a myth. It's all about environment.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Borders of Ideas

    22 October 2020

      

    Tokcast

    "This is some commentary upon a recent debate Douglas Murray was engaged in. It is, broadly speaking, an excellent encounter, modulo - as Douglas rightly observes - the tendency for his interlocutor to resort to insults or other ad hominem remarks. I reflect on Douglas' position (with which I largely agree) and attempt to connect his remarks to some underlying modern philosophy. (Modern, I hasten to add, not "postmodern"!)."

    The problem isn't people coming into other countries ('jobs' etc), no it's bad ideas. Bad ideas are the ones that stop creativity, that stop critique from being able to be given. This mainly applies to religion, but the consequence of this way of thinking is broader, without creativity there will be no progress.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Ch 14 “Why are Flowers Beautiful?”

    21 October 2020

      

    Tokcast

    "In this chapter we counter a number of prevailing views about the arts: the purposes of art and the possibility of objective standards of beauty. This leads to a discussion of the place of inexplicit knowledge when creating in the arts and how the "hard to vary" quality of explanations finds an analogue in the art. All of this discussion comes through the lens of beauty in nature and how flowers evolved to be attractive. But this attractive quality of flowers is not a mere matter of opinion for both insects and people find flowers attractive."

    Interesting discussion of The Beginning of Infinity chapter 14. From the book "The fact that flowers reliably seem beautiful to humans when their designs evolved for an apparently unrelated purpose is evidence that beauty is objective. Those convergent criteria of beauty solve the problem of creating hard-to-forge signals where prior shared knowledge is insufficient to provide them." Difficult to vary (explanations) characteristics are (part of) the explanation for what we (perceive) as beautiful. Mozart's music '> Mozart with one wrong note '> random notes.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Brian Muraresku & Graham Hancock

    21 October 2020

      

    Joe Rogan Experience

    "Attorney and scholar Brian C. Muraresku is the author of The Immortality Key: The Secret History of the Religion with No Name. Featuring an introduction by Graham Hancock, The Immortality Key is a look into the psychedelic origins of the world's great spiritual practices and what those might mean for how we view ourselves and the world around us. Hancock's most recent book is America Before: The Key to Earth's Lost Civilization, now available in Paperback."

    This podcast featured mostly Muraresku and it was better than expected. I thought that he was mainly going to talk about a far-out-there theory but the conversation was focussed on what discoveries he made. The key to his claim is that psychedelics (mushrooms, also cannabis) was used in ancient ritual, including christian ones.

    Listen to the episode

  • Science Vs Presents: How to Save a Planet

    18 October 2020

      

    Science VS

    "We’re sharing another great Gimlet show, How to Save a Planet. On this episode: It started with students walking out of school to demand more action on climate change, built into an international movement – and then was propelled forward by a pandemic. This is the surprising story behind Europe’s climate plan, and what the rest of us can learn from it."

    A positive note (also related to the one below) that there is a way forward. That countries can agree (and the technology is already there) on how to emit less and still make progress.

    Listen to the episodes

  • David Attenborough: A Life On Our Planet

    18 October 2020

      

    Movie

    "In his 93 years, Attenborough has visited every continent on the globe, exploring the wild places of the planet and documenting the living world in all its variety and wonder. But during his lifetime, Attenborough has also seen first-hand the monumental scale of humanity's impact on nature."

    We done f-d up. But we must innovate our way out of this, not only reduce. We are always on the edge of breaking down as a world/humanity (otherwise there would be more of us and all that goodness). We must (and will) find a way forward. We must be rather quick about this, but there is no balance to go back to. It's always change, always innovation, creativity, new solutions.

    Read this essay

    Watch the trailer

  • 220 - The Information Apocalypse

    17 October 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Nina Schick about the growing epidemic of misinformation and disinformation. They discuss the coming problem of “deep fakes,” the history of Russian “active measures” against the West, the weaponization of the EU migration crisis, Russian targeting of the African-American community, the future of Europe, Trump and rise of political cynicism, QAnon, the prospect of violence surrounding the 2020 Presidential election, and other topics."

    Less trust in the media in combination with easily made fake video = disaster in the making? May we live in interesting times.

    Listen to the episode

  • Humankind

    17 October 2020

     

         

    Humankind by Rutger Bregman is an enlightening book on how we humans are kinder and more cooperative than we believe. The media, bad scientists (read: some of the key studies I studied in intro psychology), and our own distorted perspective has messed us up, let's repair that.

    Read the full review

  • Various episodes

    16 October 2020

      

    Should This Exist

    The new season has started and it's off to a good start. Deepfakes (also see Sam Harris' podcast above) will be very difficult to detect and easy to make. The example given here (or in SH) is that a student was able to do deepfakes for a movie better than a multimillion dollar budget of only a few years ago (de-aging actors). May we live in interesting times.

    Another episode tackles contact-tracing which should be made with good safeguards (not spying on you), but doesn't seem so controversial to me.

    Care robots, if designed well, can be a great resource, one that will not only help with manual tasks, but also one that could provide mental/social care. This episode interviews a maker and this seems to me to be a step in the right direction.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Is Mental Illness a Myth? (Thomas Szasz's "the Myth of Mental Illness")

    09 October 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "David and Tamler explore Thomas Szasz’s provocative and still relevant 1961 book “The Myth of Mental Illness,” the topic selected by our beloved Patreon supporters. When we think of mental disorders as “diseases,” are we making a category mistake? Are we turning ordinary “problems in living” into pathologies that must be treated (with pills or psychoanalysis)? Does this model rob us of our autonomy in direct or indirect ways? Plus, with VBW 200 only 2 episodes away we give our top 3 dream guests, and David dons his punditry cap to break down the first presidential debate, which already seems like six months ago."

    The categories are a myth, one that can be both good and bad. Some people find relieve in knowing what is up and use tactics to live a fuller life with it. At the same time there are no clear boundaries, not between mental health disorders, or between them and 'healthy' brains. Heck, not even between a person and the environment.

    Listen to the episode

  • Paul Stamets

    07 October 2020

      

    Joe Rogan Experience

    "Paul Stamets is a mycologist, author and advocate of bioremediation and medicinal fungi."

    Very good to hear Paul Stamets speak and to hear his enthusiasm for fungi. He does a great job of being both a good scientist and a dreamer. His work has been valuable in biodefense, personal health, saving the bees (ongoing project), and much more.

    Listen to the second episode

    Listen to the first episode

  • LSD: My Problem Child

    07 October 2020

     

         

    LSD: My Problem Child by Albert Hofmann recounts the discovery, first trip, and dissemination of LSD from the perspective of its discoverer. The book describes the chemical history, the subsequent trouble with it leaving the lab, and Hofmann’s perspective on the effects LSD elicits.

    Read the full review

  • Dr. Mark Plotkin on Ethnobotany, Real vs. Fake Shamans, Hallucinogens, and the Dalai Lamas of South America

    30 September 2020

      

    Tim Ferriss

    "Dr. Mark Plotkin is an ethnobotanist who serves as president of the Amazon Conservation Team, which has partnered with 55 tribes to map and improve management and protection of 80 million acres of ancestral rainforests. Educated at Harvard, Yale, and Tufts, Plotkin has since spent much of the past four decades studying the shamans and healing plants of tropical America from Mexico to Argentina, although much of his work focuses on the rainforests of the northeast Amazon. He is best known to the general public as the author of the book Tales of a Shaman’s Apprentice, one of the most popular books about the rainforest. His new book from Oxford Press is The Amazon: What Everyone Needs to Know."

    A man full of stories, and a joy to listen to. I think my take home message was that we can still learn about (and need to preserve) the culture that is now being lost (in the Amazon, but also elsewhere). That doesn't mean I don't believe in the scientific method, but that we should/could learn their secrets (and reward them for it), as to make those treatments more widely available (vs only a few shamans knowing it).

    Listen to the episode

  • Wade Davis – Ayahuasca and a New Hope for Colombia

    09 September 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In this episode, Joe interviews Del Jolly: co-founder and Director of psychedelic research nonprofit Unlimited Sciences, previous Business Development Manager at Charlotte’s Web, previous Outreach Director for Decriminalize Denver, and member of the Board of Advisors for cannabis nonprofit, The Realm of Caring. Jolly talks about his path to Unlimited Sciences and its purpose: to collect as much data as possible through an observational research study through Johns Hopkins University, where participants are asked to provide as many details as possible about their psilocybin use."

    Good to learn more about the background of Unlimited Sciences.

    Listen to the episode

  • 218 - Welcome to the Cult Factory

    25 September 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Tristan Harris about the ways in which social media is fracturing society. They discuss the rise in teen depression and suicide, political polarization, conspiracy theories, information warfare, the decoupling of power and responsibility, the distinctions between platforms and publishers, the cancellation of Alex Jones, social media-inspired ethnic cleansing, concerns about the upcoming presidential election, culture as an operating system, and other topics."

    In the days before the internet there were 3 channels, everyone watched the same, and you spoke to other around you (with different views). Now you get to live in your own (extreme) bubble. That is bad. Long story short, algorithms don't sort by 'trueness', but by 'engagement', and we are suckers who go for the latter.

    Listen to the episode

  • Trip of Compassion

    24 September 2020

      

    Movie

    An inside look at MDMA-assisted psychotherapy for PTSD. A powerful movie that shows how this combination can heal people. The participants are from a MAPS-sponsored Phase II study in Israel. Tim Ferriss also promoted the movie.

    Watch the trailer

  • Snow Crash

    22 September 2020

     

         

    "Snow Crash is a science fiction novel by American writer Neal Stephenson, published in 1992. Like many of Stephenson's novels, it covers history, linguistics, anthropology, archaeology, religion, computer science, politics, cryptography, memetics and philosophy."

    This was my second reading/listen of the book and I enjoyed it a lot again. The play with language, action, VR, it all came together nicely.

    Read the full review

  • My Purple Scented Novel

    21 September 2020

     

         

    My Purple Scented Novel by Ian McEwan is a (short)story about a man who steals the life of a fellow novelist. I enjoyed it throughout.

    Read the full review

  • 217 - The New Religion of Anti-Racism

    20 September 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with John McWhorter about race, racism, and “anti-racism” in America. They discuss how conceptions of racism have changed, the ubiquitous threat of being branded a “racist,” the contradictions within identity politics, recent echoes of the OJ verdict, willingness among progressives to lose the 2020 election, racism as the all-purpose explanation of racial disparities in the U.S., double standards for the black community, the war on drugs, the lure of identity politics, police violence, the enduring riddle of affirmative action, the politics of “black face,” and other topics."

    Reflections on how identity politics and the hyper-focus on race is/can be bad. The world isn't colourblind (something Sam aims for), but that doesn't mean we should put people in different boxes and treat them differently. John McWhorter also talks about affirmative action and how that could be damaging.

    Listen to the episode

  • Falling

    19 September 2020

      

    Radiolab

    "There are so many ways to fall—in love, asleep, even flat on your face. This hour, Radiolab dives into stories of great falls. We jump into a black hole, take a trip over Niagara Falls, upend some myths about falling cats, and plunge into our favorite songs about falling."

    Just a fun and light-hearted episode of Radiolab. Cats survive most falls, but between 5-9 stories (from memory) there are the most deaths. This is because they are going fast, but haven't (all) turned their paws down. After that they do and reach terminal velocity (thus not going faster). Why do they fall in the first place? because they aren't dogs (j/k).

    Listen to episode

  • My Healing Journey After Childhood Abuse

    19 September 2020

      

    Tim Ferriss

    "For me, this is the most important podcast episode I’ve ever published. In it, I describe the most life-shaping, certainly the most difficult, and certainly the most transformative journey of my 43 years on this planet. I’ve never shared it before."

    Heavy podcast that does a very good job of describing the events and how Tim has dealt/processed/healed over time.

    Listen to the episode

  • Waste Land

    12 September 2020

      

    Planet Money

    "Last year, Planet Money ran a show about why it doesn't make sense economically and, heartbreakingly, even environmentally to recycle plastic. But if recycling most plastic is not working now — and if it didn't work 30 years ago when the numbers and arrows first popped up — did it ever work? And why did it take us so long to learn the truth? In this episode, NPR reporter Laura Sullivan, with the support of PBS's Frontline, sets out to find out who is responsible. And what she finds is a paper trail — crinkled-up documents (that apparently did not get recycled) long forgotten in old boxes. And the trail leads, well, to a guy on a beach in Florida."

    Hmm, it's been 18 months since my last recommendation from this podcast. The topics are quite small in scope, but always interesting.

    Plastic recycling isn't real. It's marketing and not effective. Will it ever be? Possibly. But do listen to this episode on how our minds got turned to belief it was already so.

    Listen to the episode

  • SThe Psychedelic News Hour: New Breakthroughs, Compound Comparisons and Warnings

    09 September 2020

      

    Tim Ferriss

    "In this special episode, the tables are turned. Instead of interviewing someone else, I am interviewed by two experts on several topics I’ve both studied and supported, including psychedelic-assisted psychotherapy and what it can do to heal trauma and—broadly speaking—possible futures for mental health. This audio was recorded on a new show, The Psychedelic News Hour, soon to be a podcast, and I’m in conversation with two people: David Rabin, MD, PhD, (@drdavidrabin), a board-certified psychiatrist and neuroscientist, executive director of The Board of Medicine, and co-founder of Apollo Neuroscience, and Molly Maloof, MD, (@drmolly.co), a physician, Stanford lecturer, and ketamine-assisted psychotherapist."

    First listen in a long while to The Tim Ferriss Show. Good musings on where the psychedelics (research) field stands and where Tim (and others) think it's going. Most important is the challenge of scaling it up and doing that not too quickly (losing quality/effectiveness) but quick enough (training lots of therapists).

    Listen to the episode

  • Wade Davis – Ayahuasca and a New Hope for Colombia

    09 September 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In this episode, Joe interviews Wade Davis: Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology at the University of British Columbia, explorer, ethnobotanist, star of the recent documentary, “El Sendero de la Anaconda,” and author of several books, including bestseller The Serpent and the Rainbow, which was optioned for a movie, starring Bill Pullman and released by Universal Pictures in 1988. His new book, Magdalena: River of Dreams: A Story of Colombia, comes out on September 15th."

    Interesting listen, good to learn more about the history of the psychedelic movement and his optimism about Colombia (about which he has written a new book). At various points he also discusses the tremendous damage that cocaine (trade) has had on Columbia.

    Listen to the episode

  • 21 Lessons for the 21st Century

    06 September 2020

     

         

    21 Lessons for the 21st Century by Yuval Noah Harari is a surprisingly original book about the near future. In the book, Harari describes current trends and extrapolates them forward to a future that is likely to arrive. As Yogi Berra said "It's tough to make predictions, especially about the future" it's good to see that much of the predictions in the book are based on current events/technology.

    The book fits nicely between Sapiens and Homo Deus. It's true that there is some overlap between the books, but still 21 Lessons was refreshing.

    Read the full review

  • Fungus Amungus

    05 September 2020

      

    Radiolab

    "Six years ago, a new infection began popping up in four different hospitals on three different continents, all around the same time. It wasn’t a bacteria, or a virus. It was ... a killer fungus. No one knew where it came from, or why. Today, the story of an ancient showdown between fungus and mammals that started when dinosaurs disappeared from the earth. Back then, the battle swung in our favor (spoiler alert!) and we’ve been hanging onto that win ever since. But one scientist suggests that the rise of this new infectious fungus indicates our edge is slipping, degree by increasing degree."

    The world becomes hotter, we (Westeners at least) become colder, fungus enters. Very interesting and very well told. Also talks about theory of why mammals won after dinos lost (fungus are involved, not liking our heat-temperature).

    Listen to episode

  • 216 - September 3, 2020

    04 September 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Graeme Wood about the breakdown of social order in the U.S. They discuss the recent eruptions of violence, the loss of trust in the media, the cases of Jacob Blake and Kyle Rittenhouse, how to understand police videos, the risks of vigilantism, the politicization of race, the problem of deep fakes, Trump not actually wanting to be president, the prospect that Trump might attempt to pardon himself, and other topics."

    Hmm, I noted that not much was now, but that also means that I'm quite used/adjusted to this type of news/ideas. Let's hope not much crazy happens in the US (or anywhere) come November.

    Listen to the episode

  • Probiotics: Scam or Superfood?

    03 September 2020

      

    Science VS

    "For centuries, people have been looking to the stars to tell us all kinds of things — what our future holds, who we should date. So what does the science say about astrology? It turns out, there’s some surprising stuff here. We speak to astronomer Prof. Caty Pilachowski, Prof. Dave Henningsen and astrology lover Natalie Norman. "

    Nope, doesn't work. But very interesting to learn where Astrology (possibly) comes from. From people (2-4.000 years ago) using the stars for legimate reasons (knowing which season/time of year it is and planting seeds). Then (of course) making stories about the stars, only the last still surviving today.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Probiotics: Scam or Superfood?

    29 August 2020

      

    Science VS

    "Probiotic-crammed foods and pills are marketed as charmers of the human microbiome — and the key to immune, gut and brain health. But how much does the microbiome actually matter, and do probiotics live up to the hype? To learn more we talked with biomedical engineering professor Ilana Brito, immunologist Dr. Yasmine Belkaid, psychiatry professor Ted Dinan, and microbiologist Dr. Namrata Iyer."

    Neh, we don't know enough. Like earlier book, microbiome is important and good to feed it, but pills won't do it.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Atomic Notes

    28 August 2020

      

    Cortex

    "Grey has shuffled his schedule, Myke tried to leave Google Docs, and they both experience a monumental discovery about note-taking."

    I loved that they touched upon note-taking and it did help me reflect on my own note taking. At this moment doing most learning in Anki, and note taking in Obsidian, but still haven't figured out the best way to do this. Fun fact, in follow-up episode, Grey said he loved Obsidian.

    Listen to the episode

  • Lebanon, USA

    24 August 2020

      

    Radiolab

    "This is a story of a road trip. After a particularly traumatic Valentine's Day, Fadi Boukaram was surfing google maps and noticed that there was a town called Lebanon... in Oregon. Being Lebanese himself, he wondered, how many Lebanons exist in the US? The answer: 47. Thus began his journey to visit them all and find an America he'd never expected, and the homeland he'd been searching for all along."

    A wholesome story that I particulary enjoyed. A story about connection across boundaries.

    Listen to episode

  • Ilium

    26 August 2020

     

         

    Ilium by Dan Simmons is a tome of a book that mixes sci-fi with Greek mythology. Although I have some basic understanding of that period, I think I lacked some background to enjoy some of the subtleties. Besides that I also found it to be too long (description of traveling or other such things) for the content. And of course, it stops right before a climactic fight which will be the start of Olympos (part 2 of duology).

    Read the full review

  • The Last Question

    25 August 2020

      

    Article

    "This is by far my favorite story of all those I have written. After all, I undertook to tell several trillion years of human history in the space of a short story and I leave it to you as to how well I succeeded. I also undertook another task, but I won't tell you what that was lest l spoil the story for you. It is a curious fact that innumerable readers have asked me if I wrote this story. They seem never to remember the title of the story or (for sure) the author, except for the vague thought it might be me. But, of course, they never forget the story itself especially the ending. The idea seems to drown out everything -- and I'm satisfied that it should"

    Read it here

  • Lotte Boekhout Coaching

    20 August 2020

      

    Article

    I made my girlfriend a website for her coaching business called House of Joy. It's coaching for young adult women. Well, check out the website. This post is mostly here for historic reasons and to ink to it.

    Check out the website

  • Rationality: From AI to Zombies

    19 August 2020

     

         

    Rationality: From AI to Zombies by Eliezer Yudkowsky is a huge tome that covers everything from heuristics to Bayes theorem. Its main goal is to give the reader a better/modern understanding of rationality and the tools one needs to have in their toolkit.

    The book was quite the journey and over the coming months I plan to go back to the individual posts to put concepts in Obsidian and make notes on the review page.

    Read the full review

  • River Out Of Eden

    16 August 2020

     

         

    River Out of Eden by Richard Dawkins (The Selfish Gene) gives an overview of our understanding of evolution. It explains deep concepts in understandable ways. Dawkins is a master in communication, and by using the 'river out of Eden' as an analogy, he presents evolution as a forwards flow of information. And although the book (and Dawkins in general) is a refutation of God-made creation(ism), it does the heavy lifting with explanation, not with conflict.

    Read the full review

  • Autism on Acid

    16 August 2020

     

         

    Autism on Acid is an amazingly personal book written by Aaron Paul Orsini and documents his transformational experience with a variety of LSD dosages and how they have helped him in his struggles with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

    Read the full review

  • Fantastic Fungi

    07 August 2020

      

    Movie

    There is much that we don't know about fungi and the networks that they provide. The docu does a bit too much anthropomorphising in my opinion. Paul Staments, who is featured the most, is a great person and seems very knowledgeable (the most of everyone on our world?). And there is quite some talk about healing, both psychologically (research is ongoing) and more physical (also something we can learn so much more about).

    Watch the trailer

  • Five more Tokcasts

    06 August 2020

      

    Tokcast

    I listened to the lastest two readings from the Beginning of Infinity and then some separate podcasts Brett Hall did, all were good, although there was some overlap.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Trump, QAnon and The Return of Magic

    05 August 2020

      

    Movie

    A very good analysis of why things are going to the shit (in the US). People (want to) see patterns, we are explanation making machines. And if our cognitive machines haven't been well educated, we see patterns and motives that aren't there. Conspiracy and madness ensue.

    Instability (like now), is a moment when conspiracy theories thrive. They provide an explanation (when often there is none), a way of seeing the world and feeling safe/secure. And that does remind me of other social events/movements.

    The final remarks on how to battle it are sobering. Educate the people (good luck with that, and to do it within X amount of years), and to talk to conspiracy believers at their own level. So not only focus on reason/rationality, but appeal to emotion and tribe, but for a greater good.

    Watch the documentary

  • 213 - The Worst Epidemic

    05 August 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Gabriel Dance about the global epidemic of child sexual abuse. They discuss how misleading the concept of “child pornography” is, the failure of governments and tech companies to grapple with the problem, the tradeoff between online privacy and protecting children, the National Center for Missing and Exploited Children, photo DNA, the roles played by specific tech companies, the ethics of encryption, “sextortion,” the culture of pedophiles, and other topics."

    The problem is big, and getting bigger. Although it's difficult to measure. I really can't get my head around why people would want to do this, but Gabriel does provide the more extreminisation (not a word) of porn might have something to do with it.

    Worth a listen, and a good call to action that tech companies are complicit and should fight it with much more force.

    Listen to the episode

  • Have a Good Trip: Adventures in Psychedelics

    04 August 2020

      

    Movie

    Fun, destigmatizing, but overall very much zero new information. Just some giggles from A/B list actors.

    Watch the trailer

  • Hell Yeah or No

    01 August 2020

     

         

    Hell Yes or No by Derek Sivers is a great little book with life advice from a man who has figured out some good things about life. The thinking is clear, concise, and evergreen. Definitely a book to re-read/listen to (parts of) again every year or so.

    Read the full review

  • 212 - A Conversation with Kathryn Paige Harden

    01 August 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Kathryn Paige Harden about the public controversy over group differences in traits like intelligence and ongoing research in behavioral genetics. They discuss Harden’s criticism of the Making Sense episode featuring Charles Murray, the mingling of scientific thinking with politics and social activism, cancel culture, environmental and genetic contributions to individual and group differences, intellectual honesty, and other topics."

    Although Sam and Kathryn come from very different sides, the conversation was done in good faith and allowed nuanced to be made. Below are some of my key takeaways.

    Genetics and environment can have both positive and negative influences, the latter may totally 'overwrite' the former in effect (size). Genetics info can be used in terms of discrimination, but I don't think that should allow us to not think about it or research it. Also related to cancel culture, that every topic should be on the table (but of course there is information hazard with things like Smallpox, I don't think it applies here).

    Listen to the episode

  • Measure What Matters

    01 August 2020

     

         

    Measure What Matters by John Doerr is a great book about goal setting (as a company, also works for yourself). The book is structured well, the examples are a bit long but can be skipped over. Overall really recommended and it reinvigorated my goal-setting habits.

    Read the full review

  • The Multiverse - Part 4 & 5

    21 July 2020

      

    Tokcast

    "It is largely an analysis of common misconceptions about the multiverse and references a conversation between Sam Harris and Bret Weinstein who spoke about the multiverse during a recent conversation."

    "The final part of "The Multiverse" series - and with some discussion (and a story!) of some little known material about how to test "The Multiverse" against other (so-called) interpretations of quantum theory."."

    I've listened to all of the episoded that Brett Hall has done, many of them on the multiverse (and most on the books by David Deutsch). It's a very good, and thorough, analysis of Deutsch thinking with examples and new thought experiments.

    Listen to the episode

  • Broken Stars

    22 July 2020

     

         

    Broken Stars is an anthology of short stories by different Chinese writers. They are collected by Ken Liu (an awesome writer in his own right). I can't say that I enjoyed every story as much, but there are some really innovative ones in there.

    Read the full review

  • Connection Through Chemistry: Psychedelics and Activation of the Parasympathetic State

    21 July 2020

      

    The Third Wave

    "How parasympathetic responses fuel connection, social bonding, trust, and healing—and may even help us live longer. Strategies for releasing oxytocin, from orgasm to psychedelics and everything in between. Unintentionally creating intentional community. Switching from a culture of me to we. THC, the CB1 receptor, and promiscuous drugs. Where it does—and doesn’t—make sense to treat depression with psychedelics. Why it’s time to talk about cooperation, more rigorous psychedelic guidelines, and death."

    Good intro to Julie Holland's new book. A wide ranging conversation that doesn't shy away from anything. Also about how the research is being done and how (especially now) integrity needs to be kept (and trouble not swept under the rug).

    Listen to the episode

  • 211 - The Nature of Human Nature

    20 July 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Robert Plomin about the role that DNA plays in determining who we are. They discuss the birth of behavioral genetics, the taboo around studying the influence of genes on human psychology, controversies surrounding the topic of group differences, the first law of behavior genetics, heritability, nature and nurture, the mystery of unshared environment, the way genes help determine a person’s environment, epigenetics, the genetics of complex traits, dimensions vs disorders, the prospect of a GATTACA-like dystopia and genetic castes, heritability and equality of opportunity, the implications of genetics for parenting and education, DNA as a fortune-telling device, and other topics."

    I would rate this as one of the highest change-my-mind episodes (vs just new-info) episodes of the podcast that I've recently listened to. Plomin argues that DNA determines much of our lives, and does a (large) part of this through how our DNA influences how our environment (nurture) interacts with us.

    Some crazy stats/research. Better schooling had a 1% influence on kids in the UK. Or better said, if you take into account the better economic background of parents and some other environmental factors (3% total), all that is left of variability of outcomes is DNA (or individual differences in another way?). "We found that Ofsted ratings of secondary school quality accounted for 4% of the variance in students' educational achievement at age 16, which was further reduced to 1% of the variance after we accounted for prior school performance at age 11 and family socioeconomic status. Furthermore, Ofsted ratings were weak predictors of school engagement and student well-being, with an average correlation of .03."

    Adopted kids had 0, I repeat 0, correlation in weight with their parents. The correlation with their genetic parents was 0.3 (moderate). I still can't really wrap my head around that.

    Listen to the episode

  • Why Buddhism is Wrong (with Evan Thompson)

    19 July 2020

      

    Two Psychologists Four Beers

    "Yoel and Mickey have a far ranging conversation with University of British Columbia professor of philosophy, Evan Thompson. Despite growing up with a daily meditation practice and contributing to the cognitive science of mindfulness, why does Evan not consider himself a Buddhist? Is Buddhism a religion that is truly different from other religions? Is the self an illusion, as is popularily portrayed by Buddhist modernists such as Sam Harris? What do failures to replicate social psychology studies of embodied cognition mean for the larger enterprise of embodied cognition? Can science and traditional Buddhism co-exist? Why is Evolutionary Psychology a doomed entreprise?"

    Consciousness is a process. And our perception/ego is part of that process. It's (according to Thompson) not an illusion as Sam Harris likes to state. He has many characteristics of a Buddhist, but argues in the podcast why he doesn't think it's significantly elevated above other religions.

    At one point I should/could further explore his ideas. Here is his website.

    Also from this podcast or the one above, I got reminded that psychological factors are (largely) determined by genetics, and that this is (by definition) a normal distribution. Or in other words, we categorize the extremes as anxiety disorder and the likes (and the other side robust or stoic?). So, pessimisticly, is there even anything we can do about it? I think we can about the symptoms/outcomes, but as of now not about the genetics. Or in other words, if you have a 'depressive-nature', you can better manage your life (insert psychedelics), but as of now I think the cards you were dealt determine more than I previously thought. Which can liberate us from some worries and could be bad news for others. Also, this doesn't bar us from taking responsibility for extreme live events and lowering them (children and mothers dying in child birth, rape, etc).

    Listen to episode

  • Dispatches from 1918

    18 July 2020

      

    Radiolab

    "It’s hard to imagine what the world will look like when COVID-19 has passed. So in this episode, we look back to the years after 1918, at the political, artistic, and viral aftermath of the flu pandemic that killed between 50 and 100 million people and left our world permanently transformed."

    Woodrow Wilson lost his fight from a 'peace without losers' (if I remember correct), after he came down with (probably) the 1918 flu. This then led the French to hammer through tough measures on Germany, which led to World War II? Crazy to think that this all came from one transfer from (probably) birds to humans.

    One other dispatch deals with Gandhi and how his encounter with the flu changed him from fighting for independence through helping Brittain in WWI to the nonviolent resistance that followed.

    Maybe craziest of all is that the second wave (that killed the most people) was nowhere to be found in the newspapers of that time. It was eventually found on page 10. It was not something people could do anything about and that was around for a long time, but one could imagine a daily update with deaths or the like on the front page.

    Listen to episode

  • The Flag and the Fury

    17 July 2020

      

    Radiolab

    "How do you actually make change in the world? For 126 years, Mississippi has had the Confederate battle flag on their state flag, and they were the last state in the nation where that emblem remained “officially” flying. A few days ago, that flag came down. A few days before that, it coming down would have seemed impossible. We dive into the story behind this de-flagging: a journey involving a clash of histories, designs, families, and even cheerleading."

    Documents the history and struggle of getting the Confederate battle flag (or you know, the wrong side in the civil war) down. Good to hear where people come from, still frustrating that people argue for tradition or their 'values' when the flag is (also) an unquestionable sign for slavery. Still good to hear that progess is possible.

    Listen to episode

  • Fall of Civilizations Podcast (intro)

    17 July 2020

      

    Fall of Civilizations

    "In this episode, we look at one of history’s most incredible stories of survival – the thousand-year epic of the Byzantine Empire. Find out how this civilization suffered the loss of its Western half, and continued the unbroken legacy of Rome right through the middle ages. Hear about how it formed a bridge between two continents, and two ages, and learn how the impregnable walls of Constantinople were finally brought crashing to the ground."

    More awesomeness (over 3 hours of it) of history and storytelling. Really well done and just incredible to hear this history being told this way.

    Listen to the episode

  • 210 - The Logic of Doomsday

    10 July 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with William J. Perry and Lisa Perry about the ever-present threat of nuclear war. They discuss the history of nuclear weapons, the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the Cuban Missile Crisis, the present threat of accidental nuclear war, nuclear terrorism, unilateral disarmament, the psychology of deterrence, tactical nuclear weapons, cybersecurity, details of command and control, nuclear proliferation, the steps we could take toward safety, strategic missile defense, nuclear winter, and other topics."

    We are still on hairtrigger alert when it comes to nuclear war. Perry has good suggestions on how to diffuse some of that tension. The difficulty lies in getting it implemented, especially in the current political climate. Still, he seems to be paving the way forward and hopefully some of the ideas will be implemented. And as I already learned, nuclear war because of an accident (i.e. bear climbing over a fence, birds on the radar) is the most likely cause (and that is just stupid).

    Listen to the episode

  • Psychedelic Capitalists Part 2: Pandemic Profiteers And Non-Cooperative Actors

    09 July 2020

      

    Psymposia

    "Brian, Dave, and Russell continue their conversation about neoliberals in psychedelia, including companies using the coronavirus pandemic to promote psychedelics for mental health. They also deconstruct non-profit vs. for-profit rhetoric and propose more pragmatic frameworks for examining the implications (and material realities) of psychedelic corporations and their operating structures, such as cooperative vs. non-cooperative."

    Hmm, still more analysis of 'bad' corporate players in the psychedelics space. It's good to have the critical voice, although I don't always see this as being constructive. At one point, if I remember correctly, they conflate the individual with a group. One of them said that a police officer shouldn't get psychedelic therapy, because that would keep the police system/state functioning. I dare to disagree, if any person is helped by psychedelic therapy (and that included soldiers and criminals), then they should receive that. I think it's too shortsighted to think that this is what keeps the 'bad' system in place and too inhumane to discriminate against certain groups based on their work etc.

    Listen to the episode

  • 209 - A Good Life

    08 July 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Scott Barry Kaufman about human well-being. They discuss intelligence and creativity, wisdom and transcendence, the history of humanistic psychology, Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, the connection between well-being and ethics, self-esteem, psychedelics and meditation, peak and plateau experiences, mortality salience, the pre-trans fallacy, fear of uncertainty, work and meaning, intrinsic vs. extrinsic rewards, pathological altruism, intimacy vs. belonging, two aspects of self-transcendence, and other topics."

    A surprisingly good conversation that touched upon a lot of aspects that make a good (and happy) life. What was new to me was that Maslov himself didn't see his hierarchy as a piramid, but already knew/proposed it as a hierachy where you sometimes are missing the 'lower' levels and can still work on the 'higher' ones.

    Listen to the episode

  • Alicia Danforth PhD – ICPR 2020: Ethical Challenges in Psychedelic Medicine

    04 July 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In this episode, Joe interviews Clinical Psychologist, Alicia Danforth. In the show, they cover topics including how to get involved in the space, consent, research, MDMA, Autism and more."

    We know little about who and why some don't respond to MDMA (therapy). And that refers to people not getting 'high', not on if the therapy has any effect. A quick search also found no updates on this, but I think that a meta-analysis of studies could shed light on this (the data on how 'high' responders get should be there, and you could then analyse the DNA and other things of the non-responders vs the rest).

    Listen to the episode

  • Network Effect

    01 July 2020

     

         

    Network Effect by Martha Wells is the fifth installment in the Murderbot Diaries series. It was a bit longer than probably necessary and I wasn't totally focussed, so it wasn't as engaging as with the earlier editions.

    Read the full review

  • Public Commitment 2020 - Update 2

    01 July 2020

      

    Article

    An update of my goals for this year. Also with some notes about keeping a knowledge system.

    Read the article

  • Antifragile

    30 June 2020

     

         

    Antifragile by Nassim Taleb - systems that increase in capability to thrive as a result of stressors, shocks, volatility, noise, mistakes, faults, attacks, or failure.

    Read the full review

  • All the Rage.

    26 June 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "A lotta anger out there right now, but does it do more harm than good? Is anger counterproductive, an obstacle to progress? And even when it is, can anger be appropriate anway? We talk about two excellent articles by the philosopher Amia Srinivasan criticizing anger's critics. Plus we express some counterproductive anger of our own at the IDWs response to the protests."

    This was a very good rebuttal of some of the things Sam Harris (episode 207) said or didn't say. It tackled the rage and anger (also later discussed in more academic terms) and why it's valid (systemic racism, bad cops, etc). Sam focused on the declining numbers of death by cop, or that racisms isn't always the underlying cause (and that is true), and that we should have conversations (also true). But I think he missed that the rage about one person's death is just the tipping point (insert Malcolm Gladwell). All in all, good to hear this from another perspective and who knows they will have a conversation one day to better understand each other (although some other IDW-ers seem quite lost and fragile).

    Listen to the episode

  • 208 - Existential Risk

    25 June 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Toby Ord about preserving the long term future of humanity. They discuss moral biases with respect to distance in space and time, the psychology of effective altruism, feeling good vs. doing good, possible blindspots in consequentialism, natural vs. human-caused risk, asteroid impacts, nuclear war, pandemics, the potentially cosmic significance of human survival, the difference between bad things and the absence of good things, population ethics, Derek Parfit, the asymmetry between happiness and suffering, climate change, and other topics."

    Not much I didn't know already (from The Precipice). Focus for Xrisk is on AI and argues that we humans will be the cause of our demise or grand future. The future could possibly hold many more lives and it would be great if we could steer it towards a better one. Next to the AI efforts, I'm not too familiar with how charities/NGOs are tackling this or how effective this is (or in other words, I haven't updated my beliefs away from AMF in terms of donations).

    Listen to the episode

  • How To Make Millions With Your Ideas

    27 June 2020

     

         

    How to Make Millions with Your Ideas by Dan Kennedy is one of the marketing books that one supposedly should have read. I found it somewhat informative, but mostly because I projected my own experience and ideas on what is being said.

    Read the full review

  • Dune

    21 June 2020

     

         

    After originally reading Dune in late 2018, I've reread it in June 2020. Great book and it was interesting to see how much I had forgotten.

    Read the full review

  • To Fathom Hell or Soar Angelic

    03 June 2020

     

         

    To Fathom Hell or Soar Angelic is a fictional book about starting a psychedelics research project/revolution, written by Ben Sessa. Not the best way to convey the message, but a good intro nonetheless.

    Read the full review

  • Psychedelics, Sex, Power, Silence

    29 May 2020

      

    Psymposia

    "Brian and Dave are joined by Psymposia writer Russell Hausfeld to discuss capitalist logic in psychedelia, the principles of open science, and the increasing eagerness of extractive industry players (including gold and lithium mining outfits and traders) looking to capitalize on psychedelics."

    Psymposia brings their ever-critical views on psychedelics corporations to the front again. It's a good podcast, but not too constructive/offering alternatives. Still interesting to see what kind of 'bad actors' are in the field and where they come from. One thing I don't agree with, is that we have finite resources, the whole idea of us humans is that we are creative and can think of new ways to do things, e.g. solar panels.

    Listen to the episode

  • Sam Harris on Psychedelics, How to Cope During a Pandemic, Taming Anxiety, and More

    19 June 2020

      

    Tim Ferriss

    "Rick Doblin, PhD, is the founder and executive director of the Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies (MAPS). He received his doctorate in public policy from Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government, where he wrote his dissertation on the regulation of the medical uses of psychedelics and marijuana and his master’s thesis on a survey of oncologists about smoked marijuana vs. the oral THC pill in nausea control for cancer patients. Rick was also one of the early students under the legendary Dr. Stanislav Grof."

    An update on where MAPS stands with their Phase II trials with MDMA for PTSD (looking very good). Also serves as an ask/promo for donating to MAPS.

    Listen to the episode

  • 207 - Can We Pull Back From the Brink?

    15 June 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam discusses the recent social protests and civil unrest, in light of what we know about racism and police violence in America."

    I can agree with Sam that we need to pull back from the brink. Shit is still bad in the US, but is it worse than 3 years ago. Conversation has broken down, and I hope Sam releases a conversation podcasts soon (vs this monologue). I do agree with him that we now see everything through the lens of discrimination (vs some people/police just being dicks in general). But I don't know if I can agree with that we should tone things down (if he even says that), we can be angry and frustrated. But, we need beter systems, not only protests. And only through conversation and seeing each other can we do this.

    Listen to the episode

  • We Pod. We Pod-Cast. We Podcast.

    11 June 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "David and Tamler talk about police violence, the protests, and Harry Frankfurt's journal article turned bestseller ”On Bullshit." Plus we dive into a comic masterpiece of late capitalism: the University of Oregon's brand guidelines."

    Good analysis of a paper about Bullshit, which turned into bestselling book (that is some good shit). And hilarity about branding guidelines, see these for VBW themselves.

    Listen to the episode

  • Hardcore History

    04 June 2020

      

    Hardcore History

    "Coral Sea, Midway and Guadalcanal are three of the most famous battles of the Second World War. Together they will shift the momentum in the Pacific theater and usher in the era of modern naval and amphibious warfare."

    Another great episode of high drama by the masterful storyteller Dan Carlin.

    Listen to the episode

  • Manifesting Minds

    03 June 2020

     

         

    Manifesting Minds is an anthology of articles from the MAPS Bulletin and is edited by Rick Doblin and Brad Burge. It contains the highlights of articles written until 2014, which are grouped per theme. The book does a great job of offering different perspectives, but for specific information one can best search on their website itself.

    Read the full review

  • The Wall of Storms

    03 June 2020

     

         

    Wall of Storms by Ken Liu is the second installment in the dandelion trilogy. It’s another epic story that entices emotions, uncovers plots, and keeps on surprising with the large level of creative innovation.

    Preceded by The Grace of Kings, also author of The Hidden Girl and The Paper Menagerie. All very good

    Read the full review

  • Assorted Links May 2020

    01 June 2020

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month. The most interesting things were:

    • Ask, 'does it work', instead of making elaborate theories
    • The neocortext is quite uniform
    • Slack in the system leads to evolution (small hills to overcome to find larger valleys)

    Check out the links

  • Conversations: JR Rahn, MindMed

    01 June 2020

      

    Report on Psychedelics

    "Mindmed is a neuro-pharmaceutical company that discovers, develops and deploys psychedelic inspired medicines to improve health, promote wellness and alleviate suffering. We spoke with co-CEO JR Rahn about his path as an entrepreneur, the company’s approach to tackling the opioid crisis and their intellectual property strategy."

    18-MC as non-psychedelic dopamine reset. Pharma company, so no interest in legalization and thinks top-down works best (could be so). LSD interesting, but didn't clarify what they could do with it.

    Listen to the episode

  • Psychedelics, Sex, Power, Silence

    29 May 2020

      

    Psymposia

    "Sexual abuse in psychedelic therapy (above and underground) is a long-standing, documented, and enduring reality maintained through cultures of silence, coercion, and victim blame. The Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies (MAPS) has received complaints about therapists affiliated with their clinical trials and integration list. In spring 2019, MAPS published a Code of Conduct which outlines sexual boundaries, use of touch, and erotic transference, which are necessary but not sufficient. Addressing sexual misconduct requires comprehensive, evidence-based prevention education strategies and clear avenues for holding therapists to account."

    An episode that made me think more about what to do to prevent this in therapy (and thus also put things around this in a guide). And on how doing psychedelics with a friend as sitter, could very well be better (less power hungry men there, hopefully).

    Do also read this piece.

    Listen to the episode

  • 206 - May 26, 2020 - A Conversation with David Frum

    28 May 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with David Frum about the shifting political landscape. They discuss the secularization of politics, distrust of the media and other institutions, voter suppression, the 2020 elections, what happens if Trump gets a second term, the role of money in politics, conspiracy theories around Covid-19, the Michael Flynn controversy, the prospect that Trump will refuse to leave office, and other topics."

    Good analysis of politics in the US. Frum is very optimistic that any democratic candidate will win (because of the mega unemployment that America is facing). This is even without the latest protests.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Anality of Evil

    28 May 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "David and Tamler dive into Sigmund Freud’s world of unconscious drives, death instincts, and thwarted incestuous urges in his classic text “Civilization and its Discontents.” If society has made so much progress, why are human beings perpetually dissatisfied? Can religion help us or is it a big part of the problem? What’s really going on when you piss on a fire to put it out? Also: how seriously should we take Freud today given some of his wackier ideas? And is he a psychologist, a philosopher, or something else entirely?"

    As I think about the episode, I think the overall opinion is that Freud was very interesting philosophically and brought new ideas to the field, but many have turned out to be wrong and weird. Yet, without his musings, we might not have gotten to where we are now.

    Listen to the episode

  • DMT: The Spirit Molecule

    27 May 2020

     

         

    DMT: The Spirit Molecule by Rick Strassman offers his account of a large scale study on the effects of DMT on the human brain and psyche. The book gives a detailed account of the research, how it came to be, the difficulties in getting it started, and the outcomes. Strassman puts an emphasis on the experiences of the participants and tries to fit them into categories and explanations. Although he makes several disclaimers that he ‘takes the experience at face value only as a thought experiment’ he often shines through that the second part of that sentence had been dropped.

    Read the full review

  • Lockdown Productivity

    26 May 2020

      

    Cortex

    More discussion on producitivity and about separating the work and relax space. Even if you can't do it physically (as seen in the Spaceship You video), log-in and out of a windows account to change between work and relax (video games/youtube).

    Listen to the episode

  • The Failure Of Meritocracy

    25 May 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Daniel Markovits about the problems with meritocracy. They discuss the nature of inequality in the United States, the disappearance of the leisure class, the difference between labor and capital as sources of inequality, the way the education system amplifies inequality, the shrinking middle class, deaths of despair, differing social norms among the elite and the working class, the ethics of taxation, scales of philanthropy, universal basic income, the need for a wealth tax, the relationship between meritocracy and political polarization, the illusion of earned advantages, and other topics."

    Good analysis of why meritocracy isn't working. Main points relate to elites buying their way into education (and thus 'merit'). Also discussion on a one-time tax and that also sounded well-reasoned. I also made note of the relative philantropy and how some of the most rich only give away a very small portion (and some a large portion like Bill Gates).

    Listen to the episode

  • Sam Harris on Psychedelics, How to Cope During a Pandemic, Taming Anxiety, and More

    21 May 2020

      

    Tim Ferriss

    "Sam Harris is a neuroscientist, philosopher, and author of five New York Times bestsellers. His work covers a wide range of topics—neuroscience, moral philosophy, religion, meditation practice, human violence, rationality—but generally focuses on how a growing understanding of ourselves and the world is changing our sense of how we should live. His books include The End of Faith, Letter to a Christian Nation, The Moral Landscape, Free Will, Lying, Waking Up, and Islam and the Future of Tolerance (with Maajid Nawaz)."

    A good conversation with Sam (whom I listen to nowadays, Tim not so much anymore). They talk about having a psychedelic experience and offer many tips and tricks on how to navigate it. Wrote down quite a few notes to incorporate into a future protocol.

    Listen to the episode

  • 204 - May 18, 2020 - A Conversation with Jonathan Haidt

    19 May 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Jonathan Haidt about the maintenance of a healthy society. They discuss the problem of orthodoxy, the history of political polarization in the US, the breakdown of public conversation, remaining uncertainty about Covid-19, motivated reasoning, the 2020 election, the future prospects for Gen Z, the effect of social media on the mental health of girls, Jonathan’s experience with psychedelics, positive psychology, loss of self, the experience of awe, and other topics."

    This was a really insightful conversation. Jonathan has a way of looking at the world that looks beyond the opposing forces (here politics in the US) and sees the motivation behind things. The latter half is about meditation and psychedelics and finding calm. Awe, losing yourself, leads to helping others, heart opens, and self transcendence, self-annihilation leads to connection to others - were some of the notes I took. I should dive deeper into his research to get a better graps on it than these few words of course.

    Listen to the episode

  • The 22 Immutable Laws of Marketing

    18 May 2020

     

         

    The 22 Immutable Laws of Marketing by Al Ries and Jack Trout is a great book that captures what marketing is about, positioning. It's short, somewhat old, but not outdated in anyway. Highly recommended.

    Read the full review

  • Devs

    17 May 2020

      

    Series

    I don't really write much about the things I watch here (but why should I write about YouTube fitness videos anyway). That joke aside, I've been watching some good series and Devs was one among those. It's an interesting premise and great work on the suspense and cinematography. Quantum computer, free will, teenage coder, and unstable characters, what more could you want.

    Some other good things I've watched: Westworld (could have been better though), Rick & Morty, Better Call Saul.

    Watch the trailer

  • How The Mind Works

    17 May 2020

     

         

    Another big tome by Steven Pinker bites the dust. Over the span of 3 to 4 weeks I've listened, digested, his enlightening views on how the mind works. Even though the book dates back to 1997, the ideas are still relevant as ever and most science is still relevant.

    Read the full review

  • Conceptual Mummies

    08 April 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "Socrates was ugly and tired of life, so he made a tyrant of reason. Philosophers are mummies who hate the body and the senses. Reason is a tricky old woman. Morality is a misunderstanding. Kant is a sneaky Christian. And don't even get Nietzsche started on "free will" or the "self" - just excuse for priests to punish people, a hangman's metaphysics. David and Tamler dive into Friedrich Nietzsche's Twilight of the Idols, a fascinating set of aphorisms brimming with passion, provocation, questions without answers."

    Hmm, some fun stuff at the beginning, but I didn't really get (or read) Nietzsche, so maybe that is why much went over my head.

    Listen to the episode

  • PSYOP

    13 May 2020

      

    Darknet Diaries

    "PSYOP, or “Psychological Operations”, is something the US military has been doing to foreign audiences for decades. But what exactly is it? And what’s the difference between white, gray, and black PSYOP missions? We talk to PSYOP specialists to learn more."

    I keep on listening to this great podcast (the storytelling is just so compelling) and this one was closer to what I know something about (psychology). Still recommended and especially this episode.

    Listen to the episode(s)

  • 202 - May 11, 2020 - A Conversation with Andrew Yang

    12 May 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Andrew Yang about the Covid-19 pandemic. They discuss the future of the middle class, Andrew’s experience campaigning for President, the need to build new digital infrastructure, universal basic income (UBI), concerns about the Biden’s age and #MeToo allegation, hostility between the United States and China, problems with the global supply chain, concerns about social cohesion, market failures, and other topics."

    It's good to hear from Andrew Yang and his vision for America. He seems very smart and reasonable. He alleviates some concerns Sam has about Biden (but not all) and talks about how the American (political) system is broken and Trump is both an effect of that system, as one who is making it worse.

    Listen to the episode

  • Productivity 101

    12 May 2020

      

    Cortex

    A great discussion about productivity. I got the most out of the discussion about Toggl (time tracking app) and I will update some of the things I do with it to have a better overview of what I'm doing. The same goes for Notion where I do my project management.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ecstasy

    11 May 2020

     

         

    Ecstasy: The Complete Guide edited by Julie Holland gives a solid and near-complete overview of the scientific and therapeutic knowledge about Ecstasy (MDMA, XTC, Adam, Molly). Although the book dates back to 2001, it’s more complete than one would expect, as much was then already known about Ecstasy.

    Read the full review

  • Kyle and Joe – Solidarity Fridays – Week 6 with Brett Greene

    10 May 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In today’s Solidarity Friday’s Episode, Kyle and Joe sit down with Brett Greene, who was the very first guest on Psychedelics Today four years ago. In response to last week’s episode on the Corporadelic topic, Brett comes on the show to talk about companies and drug discovery."

    I listened to this episode and the two solidarity Friday's before it. This one was the most interesting as they discuss the different 'camps' in psychedelics. Brett Greene argues that multiple players have a role to play and that Psymposia (an organisation he helped found) was going too hard (us vs them).

    Listen to the episode

  • The Future of Psychedelic Retreats

    04 May 2020

      

    The Third Wave

    "Stacey Wallin & Payton Nyquvest join Paul Austin to discuss their new project, Numinus, a global network of healing spaces that use a combination of psychedelic medicine and cutting-edge science. Founded in 2018, Numinus offers a holistic blend of medicine-assisted therapy, psycho-spiritual support and integrative services as a path towards experiencing transformative health. Based in Vancouver, they plan to develop worldwide centers in the coming years."

    A bit heavy on the 'I came here because I had X experience', and not too concrete on what they will do. But seems like people with some influence and money to get things rolling in Canada.

    Listen to the episode

  • Waking Up to a New Consciousness: the Future of Transformative Wellness

    02 May 2020

      

    The Third Wave

    "Dr. Ben Sessa, consultant psychiatrist and author of “The Psychedelic Renaissance”, sits down with host Paul F. Austin to discuss his recent MDMA trials for alcoholism, how Ben became the first person to legally take psychedelics in the UK since the 60s, and why MDMA is so good at healing core attachment-based trauma."

    Interesting to hear Ben Sessa speak (as I also just finished his book). He is very optimistic about MDMA and the podcast changed my views in that I think that MDMA will probably play a bigger role than other (classical) psychedelics in 'healing' and work with trauma than I thought (it's also furtherest along in the FDA approval pipeline).

    Listen to the episode

  • 201 - May 1, 2020 - A Conversation with Yuval Noah Harari

    02 May 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Yuval Noah Harari about the Covid-19 pandemic and its future implications. They discuss the failures of global leadership, the widespread distrust of institutions, the benefits of nationalism and its current unraveling in the U.S., politics as a way of reconciling competing desires, the consequences of misinformation, the enduring respect for science, the future of surveillance, the changing role of religion, and other topics."

    If we take the very long view (say 500 years), we're doing so much better than in previous pandemics. Also interesting was their discussion about democracy and letting people vote directly on things (e.g. Brexit) and in how far the public can be trusted, Harari was more on the side of the public than Harris. Another interesting take was Harari's one on nationalism and saying that it's on the decline, what we're seeing is a divide and people being afraid of their 'neighbours', not focussing too much on other countries (still bad, but something slightly different).

    Listen to the episode

  • Assorted Links April 2020

    01 May 2020

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month. The most interesting things were:

    • TED talk on the next software (or wetware) revolution, programming biology
    • Discussion about value of life
    • Ethics and how we care more about people who are close to us

    Check out the links

  • Amanda Feilding – The Beckley Foundation: Changing Minds through Psychedelic Research

    30 April 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In this episode, Joe interviews Amanda Feilding, Founder and Director of The Beckley Foundation. In the show, they cover topics on psychedelic research, policy work, regulation, and the benefits of psychedelics in a time of crisis."

    Amanda Feilding had many interesting things to say. LSD research into creativity hasn't been done too much, but she is very optimistic in that regard.

    Listen to the episode

  • 200 - Creatures of Habit

    30 April 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with James Clear about habit formation. They discuss the difference between creating good habits and discontinuing bad ones, the role of the environment, the misalignment between immediate and long term outcomes, the remembering self vs the experiencing self, goals vs systems, the compounding of incremental gains, the role of attention, the four laws of behavior change, “temptation bundling,” and other topics."

    A good conversation about habits and based on it I could see myself reading James' book someday (although I do think I already know most of the mechanisms). Good quote: "The cost of your good habits is in the present. The cost of your bad habits is in the future" and "Most of your outcomes in life are lagging measures of your habits" (I.e. it's better to develop good habits than to work towards some specific outcomes/goals, they are the ones that follow from the good habits, but still can be used as indicators/goal-posts).

    Listen to the episode

  • AlphaGo - The Movie | Full Documentary

    25 April 2019

      

    Movie

    Great documentary about AlphaGo and the pivotal games it played in 2016. Also great music and editing. Really makes you excited for artificial intelligence.

    Watch the documentary

  • Dr. Ben Sessa on Mdma, Healing Trauma, and the Future of Psychiatry

    25 April 2020

      

    The Third Wave

    "Dr. Ben Sessa, consultant psychiatrist and author of “The Psychedelic Renaissance”, sits down with host Paul F. Austin to discuss his recent MDMA trials for alcoholism, how Ben became the first person to legally take psychedelics in the UK since the 60s, and why MDMA is so good at healing core attachment-based trauma."

    Interesting to hear Ben Sessa speak (as I also just finished his book). He is very optimistic about MDMA and the podcast changed my views in that I think that MDMA will probably play a bigger role than other (classical) psychedelics in 'healing' and work with trauma than I thought (it's also furtherest along in the FDA approval pipeline).

    Listen to the episode

  • The Psychedelic Renaissance

    25 April 2020

     

         

    The Psychedelic Renaissance by Ben Sessa offers an enthusiastic, level-headed, and much-underappreciated overview of psychedelics and their potential.

    Read the full review

  • Dear Psychedelic Researchers

    16 April 2020

      

    Psymposia

    "On the one hand, psychedelics hold promise for personal healing and transformative individual change, and when psychedelics are eventually accepted by mainstream medicine, they will likely impact mental health outcomes for the better. But the broken systems highlighted by the coronavirus pandemic offer insight into why mental health has reached epidemic proportions in the first place. Psychedelics may very well be our best pharmaceutical option to manage the mental health symptoms of our social relations, but a cure will not be possible without systemic socioeconomic change. In the United States, medicare for all and universal basic income would be a start."

    Good discussion of recent articles on the website and the wider political field (in the US). Inspired me to write this piece.

    Listen to the episode

  • Astrophysics for People in a Hurry

    15 April 2020

     

         

    Astrophysics for People in a Hurry by Neil DeGrasse Tyson is a great short (3.5h) introduction to astrophysics. It touches upon the size of the universe, the elements and where they originate from, and gives us humans a somewhat larger perspective.

    Read the full review

  • Michelle Janikian – Your Psilocybin Mushroom Companion

    15 April 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In this episode, Joe interviews Michelle Janikian, Author of Your Psilocybin Mushroom Companion. In the show, they talk about Michelle’s book, the need to speak about the unspoken, and how psychedelic experiences differ for everyone."

    Interesting to hear her take (and Joe's) on the industry and how not everyone has an 'awakening' when doing psychedelics. For some it's more gradual, and it also doesn't solve all your problems.

    Listen to the episode

  • 197 - A Conversation with Caitlin Flanagan

    14 April 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Caitlin Flanagan. They discuss the different sorts of experiences people are having during the Covid-19 pandemic, what it has exposed about our education system, the 2020 election and the many problems with Joe Biden, why the press has been slow to cover Biden’s #MeToo allegation, the perceived double standards in the press and within feminism, and other topics."

    A bit too political for my taste, not really too much new under the sun.

    Listen to the episode

  • 196 - The Science of Happiness

    14 April 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Laurie Santos about the scientific study of happiness. They discuss people’s expectations about happiness, the experiencing self vs the remembered self, framing effects, the importance of social connections, the effect of focusing on the happiness of others, introversion and extroversion, the influence of technology on social life, our relationship to time, the connection between happiness and ethics, hedonic adaptation, the power of mindfulness, resilience, the often illusory significance of reaching goals, and other topics."

    Talking with strangers is more fun than we anticipate (and is counterintuitive, but appearently true, so I should do that more - when we can of course). Spending money on others (loved ones, or giving in general) makes you happier than spending it on yoursef (true that, donate to effective charities!).

    Listen to the episode

  • Stephen Wolfram: Fascinating Interview with a Modern Day Genius

    14 April 2020

      

    Guy Kawasaki's Remarkable People

    "Stephen Wolfram shares remarkable lessons from his life and how he build the things he wanted to use. "

    "Advice from Steve Jobs for naming a product: Take the generic word of the product and romanticize it"

    Interesting interview and actually very timely. I've built a standing desk with walking (treadmill) option. I was partly inspired by a blog of Wolfram about his setup. He also launched the project he was talking about, just today (or yesterday).The Wolfram Physics Project. People only aren't fans (of his ego), but I have the positive position of not knowing about that too much. Overall inspiring and fun to hear him think about things as mathematical 'problems'.

    Listen to the episode

  • Food of the Gods

    13 April 2020

     

         

    Food of the Gods: The Search for the Original Tree of Knowledge by Terence McKenna is one of the most famous books in psychedelics. It explores our human history through the lens of psychedelics (psilocybin specifically) and forms a theory (stoned ape) that is both loved by some and not accepted in scientific circles. McKenna also argues that we have to restore balance to nature and ourselves (archaic revival).

    Read the full review

  • The Precipice

    13 April 2020

     

         

    The Precipice by Toby Ord is a great birdseye view of the biggest challenges that we humans face in the future. Challenges that have the possibility of extinguishing our potential, threats that may make us go extinct. As could be predicted, these threats are currently mostly man-made.

    Read the full review

  • The One with Peter Singer

    08 April 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "The legendary Peter Singer joins us to talk about effective altruism, AI, animal welfare, esoteric morality, future Tuesday indifference, and more. I mean, it’s Peter freakin’ Singer - what more do we need to say? Plus, the explosive ‘one or two spaces after a period' debate: has science resolved it?"

    Good, but somewhat surface-level, discussion with Peter Singer. Some details about what type of utilarianism he subscribes to. Nothing much new under the sun.

    Listen to the episode

  • Green Roof & Solar Panels

    08 April 2020

      

    Article

    My first thoughts about getting solar panels and a green roof. Probably good to do for reducing heat in the bedroom (when not wanted ;) ). Investment in solar panels is probably also good, will have to calculate further when I have more information.

    Read the essay

  • 195 - Social Cohesion is Everything

    07 April 2020

      

    Making Sense

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with General Stanley McChrystal and Chris Fussell about the Covid-19 pandemic. They discuss the nature of the ongoing crisis, the threat of a breakdown in social order, the problem of misinformation, the prospects of a nationwide lockdown, the trade off between personal freedom and safety, the threat of tyranny, the concerns about the global supply chain, concerns about the price of oil, safeguarding the 2020 Presidential election, and other topics."

    Although I didn't get many new data points, Sam and the guests did raise some interesting points about social cohesion and to think about the possibility of things going bad. But not really anything actionable for now.

    Listen to the episode

  • Dylan Beynon – Mindbloom: The Next Chapter in Mental Health and Wellbeing

    07 April 2020

      

    Psychedelics Today

    "In this episode, Kyle sits down with Dylan Beynon, founder of Mindbloom, NYC based mental health and wellbeing platform. In the show they talk about how Mindbloom differs from other centers, paving the way for accessibility and affordability."

    Really interesting to hear how ketamine is being used in the US and how Mindbloom is making it more affordable. It made my opinion of ketamine as a psychedelic to be used in therapy rise. The short duration, relatively low costs, are great.

    "(key takeaways) Mindbloom is a next-generation mental health platform, catered to accessibility and affordability. They use ketamine tablets, different from lozenges and any other method. The tablets are held in the mouth and then spit out to avoid entering the liver, causing a sedation-like experience. Mindbloom differentiates themselves from other psychedelic therapy options by using a patient-choice model, to keep it affordable for those who need it. They offer the 4-week therapy model and give patients the option to choose ‘add-ons’ like extra integration. "

    Listen to the episode

  • Various Episodes

    07 April 2020

      

    Report on Psychedelics

    Good 5-ish minute reports on the psychedelics news of the last week. Good content, editing could be better.

    Listen to the episode

  • Dog Food

    07 April 2020

      

    Article

    Some thoughts about switching the dog food of Max. Conclusion is that vegetarian food is cheaper than the current food and making it yourself is really costly.

    Read the essay

  • The Martian

    05 April 2020

     

         

    I re-listened to The Martian by Andy Weir. It was as good, funny, entertaining, suspenseful, as I remember. Recommended if you like hard-sci-fi (lots of explanations of how to survive on Mars), and bad jokes.

    Read the full review

  • A Recipe for Caesar

    03 April 2020

      

    Common Sense

    "Does a global pandemic help break the spell of our bitter partisan conflict, or does it just raise the stakes? In the first CS show in years, Dan wrestles with the Zeitgeist."

    It's good to hear Dan Carlin again. In the episode (the first of 33 attempts that he has released) he struggles with his thoughts about the current political climate and how he could add something that 'doesn't hurt/bring more damage'. He points out the trouble with our current system (focussed on the US), the lack of dialogue and the perception that the 'other side' is 'bad' (not that they have bad arguments, but that they are maybe even evil).

    "When he goes away, your problems, if you're an anti-Trump person do not disappear with him. He's a symptom. He's someone that came to power because of all the things going on, he didn't cause all the things that are going on. He is an amplifier..."

    Listen to the episode

  • Assorted Links March 2020

    01 April 2020

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month. The most interesting things were:

    • How to use Notion (project management)
    • Great idea about politics (let 'normal' people rotate to do politics for a bit)
    • Some articles about Coronavirus
    • Paul Graham about taste/design

    Check out the links

  • Tihkal

    28 March 2020

     

         

    Tihkal by Alexander & Ann Shulgin is a(nother - after Pihkal) great biography and chemistry exploration by this amazing couple. First you're taken across the world, from small French villages to Brazilian villas. It's humorous, opinionated, open-hearted, and overall a great read.

    Read the full review

  • Neo.Life

    27 March 2020

     

         

    Neo.Life by Jane Metcalfe & Brian Bergstein (and the contributing authors) presents 25 visions for the future of the human species. They vary from research reports grounded in today, to speculative stories about how our world will look in 50 years.

    Read the full review

  • The Devil's Playground

    27 March 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "David and Tamler begin by talking about the question on everyone’s mind right now – are we obligated to be pansexual? Then, since many of us have more free time on our hands these days, we thought it might be a good idea to revisit Bertrand Russell’s essay (published in Harper’s Magazine) “In Praise of Idleness.” How did workaholism become the norm? Why do we see working insanely long hours as a virtue, a moral duty rather than a necessity? Would more leisure make us more fulfilled and creative or just bored? We also discuss Daniel Markovits’ book "The Meritocracy Trap" - when life is a non-stop hyper-competitive grind from preschool to retirement even among the elites, is anyone happy?"

    The fist part is just hilarious (and a bit sad), but overall they don't take the pansexual claims too serious. The second part questions if we can/should be iddle, and I think it's something I should become a bit better at. Just to enjoy doing nothing for a whole day, two days, etc. Now I can only do this for a few hours and then I start reading something (to learn) again or blogging here for instance.

    Listen to the episode

  • The New Future of Work

    26 March 2020

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Matt Mullenweg about the evolution of distributed work. They discuss the benefits of working from home, the new norms of knowledge work, relevant tools and security concerns, the challenges for managers, the importance of written communication, the necessity of innovating in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, delivery networks as critical infrastructure, economic recovery, and other topics."

    A good discussion about how we can/should work remotely. Matt Mullenweg identifies 5 levels of autonomy/remote-work. He also mentions Drive by Daniel Pink as to what is important as a (knowledge/but even more generally) worker in the 21st century (autonomy, mastery, purpose). He also mentions Antifragile by Nassim Taleb at various moments. A kew take-away is that remote work can even be better than gathering everyone in an office. Recommended episode. (Remote by DHH & Jason Fried is also mentioned).

    Listen to the episode

    Read Matt's blog

  • Various Episodes

    26 March 2020

      

    Science VS

    Science VS is now doing various episodes about the Corona virus (COVID-19). They are quite good, critical, and let you hear the stories from the people in the field (read: scientists).

    Listen to the episodes

  • Magic Medicine

    23 March 2020

     

         

    Magic Medicine by Cody Johnson is a great exploration of 23 (categories of) psychedelic plants and substances. It takes an observational perspective in which it’s open to theories and traditions, but sticks to the science and actual description of the drugs’ effects. Both for people who are new to psychedelics and the more experienced, the book offers new insights to all.

    Read the full review

  • The Hidden Girl

    16 March 2020

     

         

    The Hidden Girl and Other Stories by Ken Liu is another great collection of stories by this awesome writer and translator.

    Previously I've written about The Paper Menagerie and also liked many of the stories in that one.

    Read the full review

  • Early Thoughts on a Pandemic

    12 March 2020

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Amesh Adalja about the spreading coronavirus pandemic. They discuss the contagiousness of the virus and the severity of the resultant illness, the mortality rate and risk factors, vectors of transmission, how long coronavirus can live on surfaces, the importance of social distancing, possible anti-viral treatments, the timeline for a vaccine, the importance of pandemic preparedness, and other topics."

    This conversation was less alarmist, but mostly only because Amesh has been thinking about an avian flu (with 60% dying, not 1%). He is also putting the death rate at the lower end, but that still is about 1 million people dying in the US. He is also not optimistic that we will be able to contain it and that a large portion of people will catch it, so slowing down the spread will be important. May we live in interesting times.

    Listen to the episode

  • How Should We Respond To Coronavirus?

    11 March 2020

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Nicholas Christakis about the coronavirus pandemic. They discuss the likely effects on society, proactive vs reactive school closures, community transmission, false comparisons between coronavirus and flu, the imperative of social distancing, the timeline of the pandemic, Trump’s political messaging, the widespread distrust of expertise, the importance of “flattening the curve” of the epidemic, the possible failure of our healthcare system, gradations of personal response to this threat, and other topics."

    We should be working hard to flatten the curve (so our healthcare system doesn't implode). In The Netherlands we're slow in taking these steps. I predict this will change in a few days. I will be keeping my distance and handshakes are not cool for now (which was very weird yesterday when I hosted the Effective Altruism meetup). But I will take some weirdness over your grandparents dying.

    Listen to the episode

  • Wealth & Happiness

    04 March 2020

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Scott Galloway about the connection between wealth and happiness. They discuss the problem of wealth inequality, the transfer of wealth from the young to the old, class warfare in Democratic politics, deficit spending, means testing Social Security, Bloomberg’s campaign and “stop and frisk,” breaking up big tech, privacy absolutism, meditation, mortality, atheism, and other topics."

    More money, more happy. This holds true for life satisfaction even above 70k family income. The discussion about Bloomberg wasn't too interesting besides that they do mention some good things he has done and could do. At the moment of writing he has dropped out and it's Joe Biden vs Bernie Sanders.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Life You Can Save

    03 March 2020

     

         

    The Life You Can Save by Peter Singer is an awesome book that will spark your interest in doing good, help you know where to donate, and discusses honestly what objections you might have to it.

    Download the book for free!

    Read the full review

  • The Psychedelic Experience

    01 March 2020

     

         

    The Psychedelic Experience by Timothy Leary, Ralph Metzner, and Ram Dass is an interesting read, mostly historic, less so as a real good guide for the psychedelic experience.

    See the full review after the click and on Blossom Analysis.

    Read the full review

  • Assorted Links February 2020

    01 March 2020

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month.

    Check out the links

  • Brian Greene

    27 February 2020

      

    Joe Rogan Experience

    "Brian Greene is a theoretical physicist, mathematician, and string theorist. He has been a professor at Columbia University since 1996 and chairman of the World Science Festival since co-founding it in 2008. His new book "Until the End of Time" is now available."

    A very interesting discussion of physics and what it implies. But maybe even more interesting was the wider net that Greene set in his book and lectures around religion and some of the irrationalities around it. He really highlighted the positive aspects of beliefs and how they can sometimes help. This does, of course, not excuse the many faults of (organized) religion.

    Listen to the episode

  • Aubrey de Grey

    26 February 2020

      

    Joe Rogan Experience

    "Aubrey de Grey is an English author and theoretician in the field of gerontology and the Chief Science Officer of the SENS Research Foundation."

    Another interesting showing of Aubrey, again a good update on where the field of longevity is at. He is still optimistic that we will get there in my lifetime and documents some of the changes in the last 5 years. He also states that there haven't been many changes in the model of ageing (and that is a good thing), we just need to tackle the pathways through which we age right now.

    Listen to the episode

  • How Not To Diet

    25 February 2020

     

         

    How Not to Diet by Dr. Greger is another great book by him (after How Not To Die). It's heavy, thick, but so worth it. Great advice overall and good specifics.

    If you could only read one book about eating healthy and for a good bodyweight. I would wholeheartedly recommend this book.

    Read the full review

  • All These Worlds

    23 February 2020

     

         

    And so the saga ends (for now). The bòòòòòòbs (o not oe) have saved the universe. They (a majority) is ready to leave earth behind. What comes next?

    First listened/read in April 2019, now relistening the series in February 2020.

    Read the full review

  • Blossom Beta Launch

    18 February 2020

      

    Article

    I've been working on a new project and this blog explains what it is and what my future plans are. The first thing is reaching out to others, so that is what I'm doing currently.

    Check out the blog

  • The Bomb

    18 February 2020

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Fred Kaplan about the ever-present threat of nuclear war. They discuss the history of nuclear deterrence, U.S. first-strike policy, preventive war, limited nuclear war, tactical vs. strategic weapons, Trump’s beliefs about nuclear weapons, the details of command and control, and other topics."

    A free (full) episode again (but I'm on the paid list). A deep dive into nuclear bombs and the impact they have had. It's just a miracle (or multiverse anyone) that not more went wrong.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Other Latif

    18 February 2020

      

    Radiolab

    "Radiolab’s Latif Nasser always believed his name was unique, singular, completely his own. Until one day when he makes a bizarre and shocking discovery. He shares his name with another man: Abdul Latif Nasser, detainee 244 at Guantanamo Bay."

    Heavy topic and very good investigation. Still developing and it's interesting to see Latif struggle and go back and forth with the information he is given.

    Listen to the first episode/series

  • For We Are Many

    17 February 2020

     

         

    It's a good second book in the Bobiverse saga, but alas it didn't have many ends/story arcs that closed.

    First listened/read in April 2019, now relistening the series in February 2020.

    Read the full review

  • The Paper That Launched a Thousand Twitter Wars (With Yoel Inbar)

    12 February 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "Podcasting legend Yoel Inbar (from Two Psychologists Four Beers) joins us to break down Tal Yarkoni's "The Generalizability Crisis,” the paper that launched a thousand Twitter wars. Psychologists make verbal claims about the world, then conduct studies to test these claims - but are the studies actually providing evidence for those claims? Do psychological experiments generalize beyond the the strict confinments of the lab? Are psychologists even using the right statistical models to be able to claim that they do? Does this debate boil down to fundamental differences in the philosophy of science - induction, Popper, and hypothetico-deductive models and so forth? Will David and Tamler ever be able to talk about a psych study again without getting into a fight?"

    A good take on what the replicability crisis means. I found it most interesting to hear that we should do more observational studies as to lay a better foundation on which to build psychology studies/lab-experiments again.

    Listen to the episode

  • We Are Legion

    10 February 2020

     

         

    I previously wrote; "This was a fun story and makes me wonder about the second and third book in the ‘bobiverse‘. I do however think that the story structure was different from what I expected so let’s take a look..."

    First listened/read in March 2019, now relistening the series in February 2020.

    Read the full review

  • Drugs Without the Hot Air

    09 February 2020

     

         

    Drugs Without the Hot Air by David Nutt is an eye-opening book that delights with statistics and rational information about drugs and their effects. Effects on you, your environment, government, international effects, and effects compared to riding a horse. To get the last reference you have to read the book, something I recommend you do if you're interested in this topic.

    Read the full review

  • Assorted Links January 2020

    01 February 2020

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month.

    Check out the links

  • The Fraudulence Paradox (David Foster Wallace's "Good Old Neon")

    30 January 2020

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    "Our whole lives we’ve been frauds. We’re not exaggerating. Pretty much all we’ve ever done is try to create a certain impression of us in other people. Mostly to be liked or admired. This episode is a perfect example, Tamler pretending to be a cinephile (check out his four favorite pieces of 2019 “pop culture” in the first segment), David trying to connect with the people (Baby Yoda, Keanu Reeves etc.) – and of course what could be more fraudulent than a deep dive into a David Foster Wallace story, rhapsodizing over the endless sentences, the logical paradoxes, the seven-layer bean-dip of metacommentary (Jesus Christ I’m surprised there aren’t like eight footnotes in this episode description), and meanwhile the Partially Examined Life dudes refresh their overcast feeds and wonder through the tiny keyhole of themselves how David and Tamler have sunk so low that they’d ramble on about “Good Old Neon” like a couple of first year Comp-Lit grad students trying to impress that girl who works at the Cajun bakery."

    A good discussion about how we present ourselves to the world. Also meta-talk about David Foster Wallace related to the short story.

    Listen to the episode

    Read Good Old Neon

  • Mescaline

    26 January 2020

     

         

    Mescaline: A Global History of the First Psychedelic by Mike Jay gives you a full history of Mescaline. It takes you on a journey through the jungles of South America, over the plains of North America, to labs around the world. It not only documents who has been involved with the early use of it, but also how it's been taken up (and later left behind) in popular culture. A deep-dive into mescaline.

    Historically interesting, not much related to research and as a compound also not that interesting for research.

    Read the full review

  • Various Episodes

    22 January 2020

      

    Darknet Diaries

    "This is a podcast about hackers, breaches, APTs, hacktivism, cybercrime, and all the things that dwell on the hidden parts of the network. This is Darknet Diaries."

    A friend recommended this podcast, the story are very interesting and make you appreciate the online system (and it's vulnerabilities) a bit more. I've listened to a few episodes and they are all well-made.

    Listen to the episode(s)

  • The Grace of Kings

    22 January 2020

     

         

    The Grace of Kings by Ken Liu is an amazing book in a genre that I normally don't read. It's a fantasy book that is set on some islands and represents technology as in the 16th age of China (or at least so I imagine).

    Highly recommended if you're looking for a big book to lose yourself in.

    Read the full review

  • Heaven and Hell

    18 January 2020

     

         

    Heaven and Hell by Aldous Huxley is another take on the psychedelic experience. It's written by the author of Brave New World, and The Doors of Perception

    It isn't as good/interesting as The Doors of Perception, so not per se the most interesting (but also not too long) book.

    Heaven and Hell

  • The Game Changers

    16 January 2020

      

    Documentary

    "James Wilks travels the world on a quest for the truth about meat, protein, and strength. Showcasing elite athletes, special ops soldiers, and visionary scientists to change the way people eat and live."

    A good documentary that highlights why a vegan diet can be the very best for you. Very timely with my research into a healthier diet ongoing. I'm already almost eating only vegan foods, so this wasn't too much of a change/news for me. Good to see the athletic perspective too (but many featured also use other supplements). All-in-all a good documentary and recommended.

    I did go out and looked at some criticism and found that some of the claims are overblown. Yet still I think that it does do a good job of highlighting some of the dangers associated with meat. The storytelling was also very much on point (i.e. one perspective), and quite 'American'.

    Watch the trailer

  • Lifespan

    14 January 2020

     

         

    Lifespan by David Sinclair is an awesome book about how we can extend lifespan and the implication. Optimism abounds with Sinclair, but his research does keep him somewhat to the ground.

    For many later parts in the book (the speculative/extrapolations) it's difficult for me to judge where we're going. But I dearly hope that he is right and that we will be living much longer than our parents.

    Read the full review

  • The Doors of Perception

    13 January 2020

     

         

    The Doors of Perception by Aldous Huxley is a very interesting take on the psychedelic experience. It's written by the author of Brave New World, a very interesting book too.

    I'm reading it for my new venture, and it's a fun read. Not per se necessary to understand psychedelics. Michael Pollan's How To Change Your Mind might be a better (and longer) intro.

    Read the full review

  • Eight Weeks to Optimum Health

    12 January 2020

     

         

    Eight Weeks to Optimum Health by Andrew Weil was not my cup of green tea. I think the biggest problem was that his information is based on outdated science and many anecdotes. So although he is coming from the right place, I couldn't agree with many of the specifics.

    I can say that his advice is much better than the average American diet. It also does do a good job of seeing food as part of something larger and includes things like meditation. It's more holistic than how we normally look at diet.

    Read the full review

  • Stillness Is the Key

    03 January 2020

     

         

    Stillness Is the Key by Ryan Holiday is already the third book I've read by him. The others were 'The Obstacle Is the Way' and 'Perennial Seller'.

    The chapters consist of short lessons around the mind, body, and soul. Each has some connection to stillness. Inner calm is what he argues for, and does so with success most of the time.

    Read the full review

  • The Dragons of Eden

    03 January 2020

     

         

    The Dragons of Eden by Carl Sagan is a book that takes a look at another topic than he normally does (Astronomy). This book is about life, intelligence, evolution, and sometimes, of course, wanders back into space.

    I really enjoyed this book, but it was the most 'outdated' one I read. This is partly because it was written in 1977, partly because I think our theories about space are more cumulative and those in other fields sometimes overwrite/change the narrative more wholly in other fields (e.g. psychology). Still, a very good book.

    Read the full review

  • Public Commitment 2020

    03 January 2020

      

    Article

    A look forward to 2020 and the goals I've set for the new year.

    Read the article

  • Recap of 2019

    01 January 2020

      

    Article

    Here I look back to 2019 and reflect on the year and the goals I set for myself.

    Read the article

  • Assorted Links December 2019

    01 January 2020

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month.

    Check out the links

  • David Chalmers on the nature and ethics of consciousness

    28 December 2019

      

    80000 hours

    "Dave Chalmers is probably the best person on the planet to interview about these questions, and Rob & Arden cover this and much more over the course of what is both our longest ever episode and our personal favourite so far."

    Maybe too long to summarize a 4 hour conversation here, but it was really interesting to listen too. One of the things I took away from it is that we need to think hard about the language we use (and define terms). Consciousness means different things to different people and only by knowing what we talk about (and what underlying ideas you also fold into it), you can have a good discussion.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Unquiet Mind

    28 December 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Judson Brewer about addiction, craving, and mindfulness. They discuss the nature of reward-based learning, the role of subjective bias in addiction, the neuroscience of craving, the neural correlates of the sense of self, real-time neuroimaging, effort and effortlessness in meditation, smoking cessation through mindfulness, the difference between dopamine-driven reward and happiness, how to make meditation a habit, working with anxiety, and other topics."

    A shorter episode that touches on many things I'm familiar with. With regards to the reward, I think that The Power of Habit is also a good source.

    Listen to the episode

  • Pale Blue Dot

    27 December 2019

     

         

    Pale Blue Dot by Carl Sagan is another look at our galaxy. This time a bit different from Cosmos. More focus on the other planets (and what we can learn from studying them).

    Read the full review

  • Conjectures and Refutations

    23 December 2019

     

         

    After the click are my notes from Conjectures and Refutations by Karl Popper. I found it very interesting and was prompted by David Deutsch to read it. Some of the chapters (read: lectures) were a bit too repetitive. I will extend the notes sometime soon.

    "our scientic knowledge, progresses by unjustied (and unjustiable) anticipations, by guesses, by tentative solutions to our problems, in a word by conjectures"

    Read the full review

  • The Fabric of Reality

    20 December 2019

     

         

    Exactly 11 months after I posted my review of The Beginning of Infinity, I finished The Fabric of Reality. It's again a great book by David Deutsch. This one was written earlier, yet is full of at least as many insights as the other.

    Especially his multiverse theory starts to make a little more sense. Again highly recommended.

    Read the full review

  • The Reality Illusion

    16 December 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast Sam and Annaka Harris speak with Donald Hoffman about his book The Case Against Reality. They discuss how evolution has failed to select for true perceptions of the world, his “interface theory” of perception, the primacy of math and logic, how space and time cannot be fundamental, the threat of epistemological skepticism, causality as a useful fiction, the hard problem of consciousness, agency, free will, panpsychism, a mathematics of conscious agents, philosophical idealism, death, psychedelics, the relationship between consciousness and mathematics, and many other topics.

    Wow, that was very interesting. His main point is that there we haven't evolved (and simulations back this up) to exactly see the world as it is. And there might be a more 'deeper' explanation behind it. Sam and Annika (his wife, author of Conciousness) do a good job of asking for clarifications and pointing out how some of Donald's wording might be confusing.

    I would be curious to hear, in a few years, if he has made progress and how it also links back to quantum theory (ala David Deutsch).

    Listen to the episode

  • Cosmos

    14 December 2019

     

         

    Cosmos by Carl Sagan is one of those books that both awe and inspire. It looks beyond our daily lives, our politics, and spans from the start of the universe to the depths of a black hole.

    Read the full review

  • Beyond Coffee

    10 December 2019

     

         

    Beyond Coffee by James Beshara takes a look at the most popular nootropics, alas it doesn't provide much information beyond what I already knew.

    Read the full review

  • Cortex (again)

    05 December 2019

      

    Cortex

    At the beginning of the year (2 jan) I stopped listening to Cortex. Now I've started again. It's fun to hear them discuss productivity and a lighter pace than say an audiobook. Recommended for geeks (and especially for the Apple-things, which I sometimes skip).

    Listen to the episode

  • Psychedelic Science

    03 December 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Roland Griffiths about the current state of research on psychedelics. They discuss the historical prohibition against their use; the clinical and scientific promise of psilocybin, mescaline, LSD, DMT, MDMA, and other compounds; the risks associated with these drugs; the role of “set and setting”; the differences between psychedelics and drugs of abuse; MDMA and neurotoxicity; experiences of unity, sacredness, love, and truth; the long-term consequences of psychedelic experiences; synthetic vs natural drugs; the prospects of devising new psychedelics; microdosing; research on psilocybin and long-term meditators; the experience of encountering other apparent beings; psilocybin treatment of addiction; and other topics. In his Afterword, Sam discusses his experience on a large dose of psilocybin—his first psychedelic experience in 25 years.

    A great conversation in which Roland Griffiths gives a good overview of where the science of psychedelic research is at this moment. It's all very promising (and I find it fascinating), but wide scale acceptance and more testing needs to be done.

    Listen to the episode

  • Talking to Strangers

    01 December 2019

     

         

    Talking to Strangers by Malcolm Gladwell is his latest book that takes his curious look on society and applies it to interactions between people. In it, he uses his signature style of stories to illuminate underlying principles.

    Read the full review

  • Assorted Links November 2019

    01 December 2019

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month.

    Check out the links

  • Police Shootings: The Data and the Damage Done

    27 November 2019

      

    Science VS

    It’s been five years since the high profile shootings of several unarmed black teenagers and men launched the Black Lives Matter movement. Since then, police departments have been doing all kinds of things to respond to the deaths and protests. But do any of them work? To find out we speak with social psychologist Prof. Jennifer Eberhardt, psychologist Prof. Phillip Atiba Goff, public policy expert Dr. David Yokum, criminologists Dr. Lois James, and Dr. Stephen James.

    Cameras (surprisingly at first glance) don't seem to work. But on further investigation, many people were already filming brutal/bad police situations before. Training police to calm down (count to 10) might work.

    "Police in the US do treat black people differently from white people - while we don't have lots of good data on police shootings --- these differences are really stark when you look at data on stops and searches. So far - implicit bias training and police body cams - aren’t really the silver bullet that many had hoped for. What’s emerging as a breakthrough here - something that could really help - is making clear rules and policies that tell cops when they should - and shouldn’t use force. And encouraging them to de-escalate a situation. For now, this idea seems to be helping."

    Listen to the episode

  • Pure Linguistic Chauvinism

    27 November 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    Tamler learns something new about menstruation. David weighs in on the democratic debates and the impeachment hearings. Then we map the various social and political factions onto the factions in our respective fields. Who are establishment neoliberals of philosophy, and who are the white feminists? What about the IDWs of psychology – and the Chads and Stacys? Finally we get serious and break down the article by Alan Fiske in Psychological Review called “The Lexical Fallacy in Emotion Research.” Does language affect how we understand the emotional landscape? Do the words we happen to use deceive us into thinking we have “carved nature at its joints”? What is a natural kind anyway when it comes to emotions?

    Again a fun and informative episode. My conclusion is that we don't need/use exact language to have/describe emotions. And that around the world some people experience/describe them differently (also see Talking to Strangers above). So although you might not have a word for an emotion, you can still experience it and describe it in a roundabout way.

    Listen to the episode

  • End Times

    26 November 2019

     

         

    End Time by Bryan Walsh is a rather entertaining overview of the end. In the book he describes the broad categories of how we could end it all for humanity. I found the book to be well-researched (as far as I can judge) and it doesn’t go too far in putting a number on everything (e.g. comparing the different risks).

    Read the full review

  • Knowledge & Redemption

    25 November 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Lynn Novick about her four-part documentary College Behind Bars. The film follows the progress of students in the Bard Prison Initiative (BPI) as they pursue their undergraduate degrees. Sam and Lynn are joined by Jule Hall, a BPI graduate who served a 22-year sentence and is now working for the Ford Foundation.

    A very powerful conversation that sparks hope. Crime is very bad, but that doesn't mean someone should have no chances anymore. This conversation highlights how they are trying to use education to reintegrate people. Alas it's privately funded, and I hope the American government one day gets it shit together.

    Listen to the episode

  • Marcela Ot’alora — How to Become a Psychedelic Therapist

    24 November 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Marcela Ot’alora G. is a psychotherapist and an installation artist. Her interest and focus on trauma has led her to understand the healing process as an intimate reconnection with one’s essence through love, integrity, acceptance, and honoring of the human spirit. In addition to working with trauma and PTSD, she has dedicated her professional life to teaching and research. She uses art as a vehicle for deepening the relationship to self, others, and the natural world. Marcela worked as a co-therapist in MAPS’ very first government regulated MDMA-assisted psychotherapy study in Madrid, Spain. She served as the principal investigator for MAPS’ phase two MDMA-assisted psychotherapy study, and is currently in the MDMA healthy volunteer study and phase three in Boulder, Colorado. She is also a trainer and supervisor for therapists working on MAPS studies for MDMA-assisted psychotherapy.

    It's been a few months (since June) that I listened to the Tim Ferriss show. This one caught my attention because I'm interested in this area. The conversation describes her (life/work) experience and what Marcela thinks is important as a guide.

    Listen to the episode

    Related Therapy Resources

  • Breaking the Spell

    17 November 2019

     

         

    Breaking the Spell by Daniel Dennett is a great exploration of religion. What it does best is ask questions, and look at religion in a new way.

    Read the full review

  • Leaving the Faith

    15 November 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Yasmine Mohammed about her book Unveiled: How Western Liberals Empower Radical Islam. They discuss her family background and indoctrination into conservative Islam, the double standard that Western liberals use when thinking about women in the Muslim community, the state of feminism in general, honor violence, the validity of criticizing other cultures, and many other topics.

    A very deep and touching subject. It's great (in a way) to hear from someone who has been through the bad (very bad) things that faith/religion does to people (and societies). And still very alarming to hear how some others look at it (e.g. saying that everyone is entitled to their own beliefs/traditions, including very harmful ones).

    Listen to the episode

  • Split-Brains and the (Dis)Unity of Consciousness

    14 November 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    David and Tamler discuss famous 'split brain' experiments pioneered by Roger Sperry and Michael Gazzaniga. What happens when you cut off the main line of communication between the left and right hemispheres of our brain? Why under certain conditions do the the left and right brains seem like they have different abilities and desires? What does this tell us about the ‘self’? Do we have two consciousnesses, but only that can speak? Does the left brain bully the right brain? Are we all just a bundle of different consciousnesses with their own agendas? Thanks to our Patreon supporters for suggesting and voting for this fascinating topic!

    Plus, physicists may be able to determine whether we’re living in a computer simulation – but is it too dangerous to try to find out?

    Interesting views on consciousness. I lean towards it being a process and emergent phenomena. Now listening to Consciousness Explained by Daniel Dennett so might get a slightly better grip in some time.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Redemption of Time

    12 November 2019

     

         

    The Redemption of Time by Baoshu (translated by Ken Liu) was an awesome end to the Three-Body series. I really loved how he (another writer) brought everything together and closed many loops in the original books.

    Read the full review

  • 10% Happier

    10 November 2019

     

         

    10% Happier by Dan Harris is a meditation (ghehe) on meditation and how it has helped him. Although the book is fun to read/listen to, it provides little information per page/chapter. Recommended if you're into biographies of this kind and fun description, but read a long-form article if you want to learn why meditation is all the rage.

    Read the full review

  • Life and Mind

    05 November 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Richard Dawkins. They discuss the strangeness of the “gene’s-eye view” of the world, the limits of Darwinian thinking when applied to human life, the concept of the extended phenotype, ideologies as meme complexes, whether consciousness might be an epiphenomenon, psychedelics, meditation, and other topics.

    A more light-hearted episode that let Dawkins explain some of the finer points of Neo-Darwinism. Some things about meditation from Sam. Wholesome.

    Listen to the episode

  • 5G: Welcome to the Revolution?

    05 November 2019

      

    Science VS

    How should we feel about 5G? Is it a breakthrough technology that will revolutionize our world, or in a bid to get new gadgets, are we risking our health? To find out, we spoke with electrical engineer Prof. Jeff Andrews, biologist Prof. Henrik Mouritsen, radiology safety expert Prof. Chris Collins, and psychologist Prof. Rodney Croft.

    No chance of harm to us, faster internet probably in a few years.

    Listen to the episode

  • Human Compatible

    03 November 2019

     

         

    "A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines"

    I liked the book as a lay-person overview of where we are with AI. Stuart Russell does a great job of not looking too far ahead and also foreseeing some problems that we already have. There was no clear distinction between AI today and AGI, and that divide might be too technical/doubtful, but I (and Russell too) think the systems of today won't get us to AGI.

    Read the full review

  • Fall of Civilizations Podcast (intro)

    03 November 2019

      

    Fall of Civilizations

    A history podcast by @PaulMMCooper looking at a different collapsed society each episode. Why did they fall? What happened next? And what can they teach us?

    Very high production value (sound effects, voice actors) and also great research. I really like it and will probably listen to most of them over the coming weeks.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Unnatural Selection

    03 November 2019

      

    Series

    The documentary series UNNATURAL SELECTION explores new developments in the science of gene-editing that defy evolution and raise moral, social and environmental impact questions about where we, as a society, draw the line.

    I found the documentary to be very interesting. It does a great job of highlighting the humans involved in the different aspects of this newfound power. On the flipside, it also means that the information density is less than ideal. I like that it shows both things that can go well and things that are dangerous/possibly bad. Where it will go, I don't know, but watching this did provide some information (and inspiration for my second novella).

    Watch the trailer

  • Assorted Links October 2019

    01 November 2019

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month.

    Check out the links

  • Short Wave (intro)

    31 October 2019

      

    Short Wave

    A short daily podcast in the light of Planet Money's 'The Indicator' (also recommended). Until now some cool episode on everything from insect invasions to human genome editing.

    As far as I can judge the topics are well-researched and presented in an understandable manner. My only worry is that it's touching upon many topics without going deeper, and I might want to shut of some of this cool-yet-unactionable info quite soon. But for now, interesting.

    Listen to the episodes

  • At Least We Didn’t Talk About Zombies

    31 October 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    We try (with varying success) to wrap our heads around Thomas Nagel’s classic article “What is it Like to be a Bat?" Does science have the tools to give us a theory of consciousness or is that project doomed from the outset? Why do reductionist or functionalist explanations seem so unsatisfying? Is the problem that consciousness is subjective, or is it something about the nature of conscious experience itself? Is this ultimately an epistemological or metaphysical question? What are we talking about? Do we even know anymore?

    Plus, the return of Mr. Robot! We talk about the big new mystery at the heart of the new season. (me: seriously, watch Mr. Robot if you like the trailer, so many cool shots and story).

    I haven't read the paper (yet), but here is the link link. If the discussion (which is always fun to listen to) learned me anything, is that we really don't have a great framework to talk about consciousness and how it's like to be someone else (even other people). Let's hope we learn much more over the coming years.

    Listen to the episode

  • Anti-Semitism and its Discontents

    30 October 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Bari Weiss about her book How to Fight anti-Semitism. They discuss the three different strands of anti-Semitism (rightwing, leftwing, and Islamic), the Tree of Life shooting in Pittsburgh, the difference between anti-Semitism and other forms of racism, “Great Replacement Theory,” the populist response to globalization, the history of anti-Semitism in the U.S., criticisms of Israel, the fate of Jews in Western Europe, and other topics.

    A good conversation where Sam explores the different reasons of anti-Semitism. There were definitely things there that I wasn't aware of. Personally I'm not a big fan of religions, but of course even less so against crime against people/races/religions. And it seems weird that it's also underreported, but that would probably have to do with the political system in the US.

    Listen to the episode

  • Vaping: What the Hell is Going On?!

    26 October 2019

      

    Science VS

    Vaping is all the rage in the U.S., but young people are turning up at hospitals barely able to breathe. Over a thousand vapers have gotten sic - 34 are dead - and no one knows why. We investigated the case of the mysterious vaping disease with help from Geri Sullivan, pulmonologist Dr. Louella Amos, lab director Iniobong Afia, inhalation toxicologist Prof. Ilona Jaspers and researcher Dr. Jamie Hartmann-Boyce.

    Vaping isn't all good (who hadn't thought so), but still worse than smoking. There might be different reasons for why some people are dying from vaping, listen to the episode to find out what we know.

    Listen to the episode

  • Hardcore History

    26 October 2019

      

    Hardcore History

    Japan’s rising sun goes supernova and engulfs a huge area of Asia and the Pacific. A war without mercy begins to develop infusing the whole conflict with a savage vibe.

    It's been ages (9 months) since the last Hardcore History episode. In this one he continues the story of Japan in the second world war. Start at episode one (this is three). I can't recommend another history/podcast in general, more than this one.

    Listen to the episode

  • Undone

    25 October 2019

      

    YouTube

    Over the series of many YouTube videos, Brett Hall takes us on a journey through The Beginning of Infinity by David Deutsch. Very interesting and awesomely? done. I've downloaded the remainder and there are more to come (but he sure takes his time haha).

    Watch the trailer

  • Children of Time

    24 October 2019

     

         

    Children of Time by Adrian Tchaikovsky is an interesting sci-fi book that takes the human race towards a new planet. Alas, the humans don't really get to land and some other species gains consciousness over time.

    Read the full review

  • Edward Snowden

    24 October 2019

      

    Joe Rogan Experience

    Edward Snowden is an American whistleblower who copied and leaked highly classified information from the National Security Agency in 2013 when he was a Central Intelligence Agency employee and subcontractor.

    I wasn't that familiar with Edward Snowden's background and this was a great way to catch up on that (without reading his new book: Permanent Record). The podcast goes into how the intelligence agencies have twisted the law (retroactively) to suit their needs, and not really having much to show for it. It also describes how the leaks happened, how he had access, and the lack of dead bodies from the leaks (i.e. he took the right steps to prevent this/the leaks were of course about the program, not about putting people in danger).

    Listen to the episode

  • Richard Dawkins

    24 October 2019

      

    Joe Rogan Experience

    Richard Dawkins, FRS FRSL is an English ethologist, evolutionary biologist, and author. He is an emeritus fellow of New College, Oxford, and was the University of Oxford's Professor for Public Understanding of Science from 1995 until 2008. His latest book "Outgrowing God: A Beginner's Guide" is available now.

    It's great to hear Joe and Richard Dawinks speak together. I'm not a regular listener to this podcast, but found this one (and the one above) quite interesting. Dawkins is of course known for his work on genetics, but this time they focus on his other area of interest, religion. They talke about some of the major flaws in logic present in them (with good examples of recent religions).

    Listen to the episode

  • White Privilege

    22 October 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Andrew Marantz about his book Antisocial: Online Extremists, Techno-Utopians, and the Hijacking of the American Conversation. They discuss the effect of social media on politics, the distinction between publishers and platforms, the problem of guilt by association, getting too close to interview subjects, the confusing nature of troll culture, the notion of “dog whistles,” how to respond to the current reality of racism, and other topics.

    Again not the best of times. Sam gets so stuck on minor points and how to talk about the (far) right and Trump. I don't know, I think that I agree with the subreddit that Sam should take a break here. The hour or so could be much better spent on giving an honest and deeper review of the book.

    Listen to the episode

  • Gimlet Media: Alex Blumberg and Matt Lieber

    21 October 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Alex Blumberg made his early career by helping build two of the most successful shows in radio and podcasting: Planet Money and This American Life. In 2014, convinced that podcasts could make money, he walked away from the safe umbrella of public media to start a new media company with co-founder Matt Lieber. Every doubt, triumph and humiliation of building the business was documented on the podcast Startup, which included the back-and-forth over how the company got its name: Gimlet. Many more successful podcasts followed, and five years after launch, Gimlet sold to Spotify for roughly $200 million.

    I heard this story earlier via Startup, their own podcast. From this perspective you again hear how crazy it actually was. And that all of this happened within 5 years. Major kudos to them.

    Listen to the episode

  • Dolly Parton's America

    16 October 2019

      

    Radiolab

    In this intensely divided moment, one of the few things everyone still seems to agree on is Dolly Parton—but why? That simple question leads to a deeply personal, historical, and musical rethinking of one of America’s great icons.

    Armed with self-mockery, Dolly Parton is maybe one of the few people that is able to talk to both sides (whatever they may be) in the US. Great first episode of a series that one of the Radiolab producers did. One thing I noted is that her topics are diverse and human, about divorce, losing a child, having fun, and more. Maybe that is what brings the divided people together.

    Listen to the first episode/series

  • More Chiang for Your Buck

    16 October 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    Is character destiny, or can fluky decisions or tiny shifts in weather patterns fundamentally change who we are? Does the existence or non-existence of alternate universes have any bearing on freedom and responsibility? David and Tamler conclude their discussion of Ted Chiang’s “Anxiety is the Dizziness of Freedom” along with another very short piece by Chiang called “What’s Expected of Us” that was first published in Nature.

    Plus, do you have low likability in the workplace? It could be because you’re too moral and therefore not that funny. But don’t worry, we have a solution that’ll help you increase your humor production and likability with no reduction in morality. All you have to do is listen!

    More discussion on Exhalalation (short stories) by Ted Chiang. Fun discussion, and it highlighted some points I hadn't thought about before.

    Listen to the episode

  • White Privilege

    15 October 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris is interviewed by Chelsea Handler for her Netflix documentary, Hello Privilege. It's Me, Chelsea. They discuss racism, "white privilege," the #MeToo movement, and other topics.

    All in all it this was an ok podcast, not too exciting or revelatory. Sam stuck to his talking points and Chelsea had some interesting questions. The thing I found most interesting/confusing was that she focussed so much on the feelings of the person affected by an action, without regard for the intention of the perpetrator. For instance when someone touches another person in an inappropriate place, it (seems to me) to matter if it was intentional or accidental, with malice or without.

    Listen to the episode (paid content)

  • The Order of Time

    14 October 2019

     

         

    A very lucid look a what time is, what we know about it and how this is much different from how we experience it from day to day. Much physics is involved, but no more than one calculation.

    Read the full review

  • Live Episode! Milk Bar: Christina Tosi

    14 October 2019

      

    How I Built This

    For Christina Tosi, baking wasn't just a delicious childhood hobby – it was a daily creative outlet and a way to blow off steam. After college, she went to culinary school and honed her pastry technique at high-end restaurants in NYC. But she also craved the opportunity to make unfussy, nostalgic desserts like the ones she grew up eating. So in 2008, Christina opened her first Milk Bar bakery in the East Village, with the help of her mentor, Momofuku chef David Chang. Soon, people from around the country were calling her up, begging for her gooey pies, confetti birthday cakes, and pretzel-potato-chip cookies. Today, Milk Bar has spread to 16 locations, and reportedly brings in tens of millions of dollars a year. This show was recorded live at The Town Hall in New York City.

    Fun, delight, desert. That would be my 3 word summary. Again a story about vision and good execution of it.

    Listen to the episode

  • Live Episode! Walker & Company: Tristan Walker

    13 October 2019

      

    How I Built This

    The very first time Tristan Walker shaved, he woke up the next morning with razor bumps all over his face. "I was like, what is this? " he remembers saying. "I am never shaving again—ever." He soon discovered that like him, many men of color were frustrated by the lack of shaving products for coarse or curly hair. Fifteen years after that first disastrous shave, and after countless meetings with doubtful investors, Tristan launched Bevel, a subscription shaving system built around a single-blade razor. Eventually his brand Walker & Company grew to include 36 hair and beauty products, used by millions of men and women across the U.S. In 2018, Walker & Company was sold to Proctor & Gamble, and Tristan became P& G's first black CEO.

    A story about pursuing a passion, doing what it takes, and sticking to a vision. And in marketing terms, finding a blue ocean where others were not investing and knowing that this was the case. Tristan thinks long-term and was able to get people to care (i.e. build a movement) about his company and products.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ross and Carrie Find Their Rythmia

    12 October 2019

      

    Oh No Ross and Carrie

    Ross and Carrie accept an invitation to Rythmia Life Advancement Center in Costa Rica, where they will spend a week healing their hearts, reuniting with their souls, and learning what the moon yearns to teach humanity, all through the power of Ayahuasca, a brew made from a hallucinogenic plant. Join us as we travel to Guanacaste, get settled in, and prepare for what we're told is a miraculous experience that will change us forever.

    Wow, that was quite the listen. It's 9 episodes long and documents their time at Rythmia. The fun (or weird) thing is that Rythmia paid for their stay and I guess that someone didn't really listen to their podcast before sending out the invite.

    During most of it the investigation/experience seems to be going well. But in the end things take a turn for the dark. First with Ross not getting medical treatment and/or reassurance he wouldn't need it. And then to double-speak (read: lying) by the founder of Rythmia and threats of lawsuits. It's pretty crazy and not a good way to promote ayahuasca use. In the end it looks like it's just another place that exploits the desparate people who are searching for 'alternatives'. Deep sigh.

    Listen to the episode(s)

  • Escaping A Christian Cult

    10 October 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Megan Phelps-Roper about her book Unfollow: A Memoir of Loving and Leaving the Westboro Baptist Church.

    A good take on Christian fundamentalism and how to combat extremism. And how Twitter can be used for good sometimes.

    Listen to the episode

  • StartUp - final chapter

    09 October 2018

      

    StartUp

    These are the final episodes of StartUp. Gimlet has been sold to Spotify, and these episodes chronicle how they have done it. Mostly from their side, but with some input from Spotify too.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Great Uncoupling

    09 October 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Andrew McAfee about the history of human progress and the modern uncoupling of our prosperity from resource consumption. They discuss the pitfalls and hidden virtues of capitalism, technological progress, environmental policy, the future of the developing world, and other topics.

    I really liked what McAfee had to say. Although we messed up the planet really badly, what if we more prosperity now won't lead to more pollution? That is what he argues for. Computers, he says, are the one thing we can point to. For instance that we can now let engineers think about the best way to make an alumminum can, saving resources.

    He said somewhere that capitalism + tech = saving costs (fewer resources used). 'Make a buck, save a buck'.

    But what about externalities (e.g. the water quality down river). Capitalism isn't very good at this and governments need to step up. He argues for a carbon neutral tax (e.g. not getting more money back to pay for stuff, but just circulate money back to offset damage). He also notes that poverty is the great pollutor (e.g. wood stoves in huts), so increasing wealth (especially now, with India and others using tech to do stuff much more efficiently than England did in the industrial revolution) doesn't equate increasing pollution.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Mind Explained - Psychedelics

    09 October 2019

      

    Series

    Some of my notes on this good, well-researched, video of The Mind Explained on Netflix.

    -- death anxiety and psilocybin -- story of student that survived disease, session then releaved anxiety, months later still low anxiety (6 months later) -- smoking sessation study -- depression study - Michael Pollan interviewed (How to Change Your Mind) - Albert Hofman experience first (or second) trip (bicycle, crisis) - LSD spring grove (anxiety and alcohol dependence) 1960 - Roland Griffits interviewed - 60s, acid trip, counter-culture - Timoty Leary (disgraced), turn on, tune in, drop out! (at festival)

    - psychedelics & marijuana on Schedule 1 -- DEA established -- Leary prison - chromosome damage, birth defects, etc (fake news) - risks: still powerful drugs (disoriented, etc), scizophrenic (LOW! fake news??)those old ideas (e.g. Effective Altruism - new, 21st century)

    - Griffits 2006 paper -- meditation, focus on self (psichedelics are the crash course) -- personally meaningful, spiritually significant

    - quit smoking, only if you want it! intentionality -- suggestable - 'the nature of these experiences depends almost entirely on set and setting' -- Sjamans - in clinical trails, also meeting with participant! - 'ground control when you're travelling in space' -- so it's meaningful but not too terrifying...'

    - To Read: Life Cover Story

    - protocols: meetings before, write down experience

    - 2014 Homological scaffolds of brain function networks -- map of the brain on psilocybin - more contact between other parts of brain - rewire-ing (speculative), so you're making new connections (and thus is durable) - mind = snow covered hill, sleds are making paths - psychedelic trip is fresh snow fall (and so you can make new paths)

    - DMN (default mode network) -- lowered activity -- see that you're not the old patterns

    Watch the trailer

  • Panel

    8 October 2019

      

    In conversation with...

    A conversation between Yuval Harari and Steven Pinker. The conversation is very calm and paced. They talk about important topics and go at it from slightly different angles. But no large disagreements.

    - Pinker, treats: nuclear war (not likely, but very bad outcome), climate change (direction is not positive, ditto for nuclear) -- earlier progress (nuclear) - Harari: disruptive tech - biotech & AI (also promises) -- you need (for all of them, global cooperation) - populists/against current system - see fortresses as the solution, but those don't communicate

    - intellectual climate in general -- don't have philosophical framework for new things (e.g. genetical editing babies) -- ideals of some are worst case of other - Pinker: reason, enlightenment has some things we can still use -- ditto: sympathy, objectivity -- but (Harari) you do need to start the conversation (jup) - but some are not useable with those old ideas (e.g. Effective Altruism - new, 21st century)

    - Pinker doesn't think that advances (AI, gene editing) will come fast -- e.g. because there are many genes for trait A,B,C (link to Radiolab) - Harari: AI and gene editing don't have to be perfect, but just better than humans now! -- 'crucial line in sand, when the system knows you better than yourself!' --- good: healthcare needs, bad: China/21 century Stalin/hiring decisions - Pinker: we could already have 1984 technology (camera in every room), why? democracy etc -- but still in democracy (Harari) private survailance (Facebook)

    - Harari: trade-off efficiency and ethics (will it still be right now with AI?) - Harari: AI of today is much better than us already in many cases, don't need AGI -- You only need one country to go ahead

    - Intellectual climate West? -- Open Society (Popper?) vs race/identity/etc -- but problems in Russia and Hungary much worse - Harari: we need more scientists who need to inform the public and politics (science is coming closer to real life - e.g. climate change)

    Overall a good conversation which higlighted their points of view.

    Watch the video

  • Talking to Your (Alternative) Self

    08 October 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    David and Tamler dive back into the Ted Chiang well and explore the fascinating world described in "Anxiety is the Dizziness of Freedom." What if you could interact with alternate versions of yourself - versions that made different choices, had different jobs, or different partners?

    I recently listeend to the collection of stories (Exhalalation) and I can confirm they are very interesting. The take of David And Tamler are also interesting and got me thinking about the ideas some more.

    Listen to the episode

  • Death's End

    08 October 2019

     

         

    And the final one of the triology (which now has a fourth book, so Quadropoly?), its was great again, awesome universe building and newer problems and some of the same cast as the last time(s). Highly recommended series.

    Read the full review

  • Public Commitment 2019 Update 3

    03 October 2019

      

    Article

    A look back at the progress of my 2019 goals over Q3 and a look forward toward the end of the year.

    Read the article

  • Assorted Links September 2019

    01 October 2019

      

    Article

    I've been gathering some of the links and quotes (and sometimes comments) to articles I've read the last month. Here they are for last month.

    Check out the links

    Ditto for August

  • The Great Mental Models

    27 September 2019

     

         

    The Great Mental Models: General Thinking Concepts by Shane Parrish (of Farnham Street blog fame) is a short (3,5 hours) read/listen that introduces some awesome and useful mental models.

    Read the full review

  • Hacking Darwin

    26 September 2019

     

         

    Hacking Darwin by Jamie Metzl is an interesting look at the future (that is already partly here) of us hacking our genes (lives and more). Metzl doesn’t shy away from controversial topics. The book ends with a recommendation to start a global conversation, I think it’s a very good suggestion.

    Read the full review

  • The Psychedelic Explorer's Guide

    25 September 2019

     

         

    The Psychedelic Explorer’s Guide by James (Jim) Fadiman gives you an overview of what we know today about using psychedelics for therapy/self-care/self-exploration.

    Read the full review

  • Omens of a Race War

    24 September 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Kathleen Belew about the white power movement in the United States. They discuss white supremacy, white nationalism, white separatism, the militia movement, “The Turner Diaries,” the connection between the white power movement and war, the significance of Ruby Ridge and Waco, the Christian Identity movement, the significance of “leaderless resistance,” the failures of the justice system in prosecuting white power crimes, and other topics.

    Not the best episode, and again from Sam's point. Although I do agree with most of what he says, he is being too pushy and didn't always let Kathleen speak her mind and listen to what she had to say. This was mainly focussed on what good things organisations like the Southern Poverty Law Centre have done in the past (and she stayed away from the current situation, one of which I also know little about, but one that Sam did attack ad hominem, which I guess they did too). But staying away from that, she gives an interesting explanation of the rice of white power and how War (the end of one) is a time in which there are more people who take up arms (at home). Worth the listen.

    Listen to the episode

  • Mind, Space, & Motion

    23 September 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Barbara Tversky about how our senses of space and motion underlie our capacity for thought. They discuss the evolution of mind prior to language, the importance of imitation and gesture, the sensory and motor homunculi, the information communicated by motion, the role of “mirror neurons,” sense of direction, natural and unnatural categories, cognitive trade-offs, and other topics.

    I really liked the concept of her widening the scientific knowledge to go beyond the verbal and more specifically beyond words/language. In the conversation they talk about her work in these areas and more generally about the research being done. We do a lot more than speak, and the book she has written (Mind in Motion), covers more of this.

    Listen to the episode

  • Exercise: Fat Buster or Belly Flop?

    23 September 2019

      

    Science VS

    Lots of people hit the gym to shed unwanted pounds, but they don’t always see results on the scale. This week, we tackle the power of exercise and why you should bother. We speak with obesity expert Dr. Yoni Freedhoff, psychiatrist Dr. Gary Cooney, neuroscientist Prof. Wendy Suzuki and urologist Dr. Stacey Kenfield.

    Not really effective for weight/fat loss, but very good versus cancer and heart disease. So do your exercise people, it might save your life.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Dark Forest

    20 September 2019

     

         

    I also listened to this one a second time and it was even better than the first time. The grand theories, the struggle, and wall-facing brilliance, it was a wild ride again.

    Read the full review

  • Undone

    18 September 2019

      

    Series

    An interesting series that uses stereoscope (if I'm saying that correctly) to show a series in an artistic manner. The story itself is also quite interesting, see the trailer to learn more.

    Watch the trailer

  • The Three Body Problem

    12 September 2019

     

         

    I probably read this somewhere in the beginning of 2018, or end of 2017 for the first time. Now on 12 September 2019 I've re-read (or actually listened) it again. I can highly recommend the book (and the triology in general). It's hard sci-fi, starts from China, and ends somewhere else in the universe.

    Read the full review

  • The Box

    10 September 2019

     

         

    The Box by Marc Levinson is an interesting history of the shipping container. It’s got nothing to do with what I’m working on, but nonetheless it was very interesting. The story takes place on a global scale, it’s well researched, and shows how unpredictable the future can be.

    Read the full review

  • Dippin' Dots: Curt Jones

    10 September 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In the late 1980s, Curt Jones was working in a Kentucky lab, using liquid nitrogen to flash-freeze animal feed. He wondered if he could re-invigorate his favorite dessert by pouring droplets of ice cream into a vat of liquid nitrogen and – voila! – out came cold and creamy pellets that he soon branded Dippin' Dots. The novelty treat spread to fairs, stadiums and shopping malls, and eventually grew into a multi-million dollar brand. But a few years ago, Curt was forced to walk away after the company was hit with debt, recession and a punishing lawsuit.

    Guy starts of the podcasts saying it's a cautionary tale, and he wasn't lying when he said that. The story showcases what can go wrong, the other risks that were taken (read: lots of personal and family debt), and how he lost the business in the end. Good to hear another side of the coin.

    Listen to the episode

  • Icarus

    09 September 2019

      

    Documentary

    When filmmaker Bryan Fogel sets out to uncover the truth about doping in sports, a chance meeting with a Russian scientist transforms his story from a personal experiment into a geopolitical thriller. Dirty urine, unexplained death and Olympic gold are all part of the exposure of the biggest scandal in sports history.

    This is a very interesting documentary that starts at A and ends at 11. Where first it shows how many people dope in sports and how Bryan wants to try it himself, to showing how all Russian athletes have been fooling the system. Pride of country before honesty, winning over playing by the rules. A weightlifter I follow has also highlighted this, you just have to know how to game the system. Others have asked, what if we just allowed doping and then see who wins. Some things to think about.

    Watch the trailer

  • Max Rage

    08 September 2019

     

         

    This was a very fun book. It takes place in space, Max is a badass, and there is lots of fighting and gore. I wouldn't say there are any deeper topics being discussed, it's just a bit of fun to relax with.

    Read the full review

  • The Life Is Good Company: Bert and John Jacobs

    05 September 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In the late 80s, brothers Bert and John Jacobs were living as nomads, traveling from college to college selling t-shirts out of their van. It wasn't a sustainable living – until one day, they created a new design. It was a simple sketch of a grinning face, with three words printed underneath: Life Is Good. The optimistic message was deeply personal to the brothers, who grew up in what they describe as a dysfunctional home – and it also resonated with customers, who started buying Life Is Good designs printed on just about anything, from towels to tire covers. Today, the Life Is Good Company has a reported annual revenue of $100 million.

    Branding is everything, I think. With the brand they tap into a feeling, the zeitgeist, what people want. The focus isn't on the best tshirts quality, sustainability, etc. No, it's about them making you feel better. I like that it came from their heart (not a marketing department), but it also shows how much luck was involved.

    Listen to the episode

  • Exhalation

    03 September 2019

     

         

    (forgot to add earlier) Awesome short stories by Ted Chiang. Inspired by podcast of Very Bad Wizards and earlier work I read by him to listen to these ones.

    Read the full review

  • The Evolution of Everything

    29 August 2019

     

         

    The Evolution of Everything is the second book of his that I've read (after The Rational Optimist) from Matt Ridley. It takes on many large topics and argues that everything is bottom-up evolution, and not top-down planning (sky-hooks). He makes a convincing argument. Sometimes the topics are a bit too wide/shallow for my taste. Yet I am convinced by his main thesis, that everything organises bottom-up and that top-down planning breaks more things than it helps.

    Read the full review

  • How Do You Solve a Problem Like Theodicy? (The Book of Job)

    28 August 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    David and Tamler dive back into the Bible, this time to the perplexing and poetic Book of Job. What does this book have to say about the theodicy, the problem of evil? Why does Job (and his children) have to suffer so much just so God can prove a point to Satan? Are the speeches of Job's friends meant to be convincing? Does Job capitulate in the end? Does God contradict himself in the last chapter? What’s the deal with Elihu? So many questions, not as many answers – maybe that's why it's such a classic.

    An interesting discussion of a book (of a book) that I've not yet read. In the discussion they don't find concrete answers, and that might have more to do with the Book of Job than their analytical skills.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Right to be Forgotten

    25 August 2019

      

    Radiolab

    In an online world, that story about you lives forever. The tipsy photograph of you at the college football game? It’s up there. That news article about the political rally you were marching at? It’s up there. A DUI? That’s there, too. But what if ... it wasn’t.

    The episode does a good job of dissecting what is different between offline (newspapers) and online (news websites) and how we look back and search through them. Newsrooms have started to take on a responsibility, but the way it's done (listen to the episode) is still in it's infancy.

    Listen to the first episode/series

  • Seeing Like A State

    23 August 2019

     

         

    Seeing Like A State by James C. Scott explores the mishaps of statebuilding, and more precise ‘high modernism’. It takes multiple deep dives into examples with a focus on forestry, agriculture, city building, and social organisation. These include Tanzanian villages, Russia under Lenin, and Revolutionary France.

    Read the full review

  • The Plague Years

    22 August 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Matt McCarthy about his book Superbugs: The Race to Stop an Epidemic. They discuss the problem of drug resistant bacteria, fungi, parasites, and viruses, and the failure of the pharmaceutical industry to keep pace with evolution.

    Another very interesting conversation. Matt is an optimist and thinks that we will win the 'arms race' with superbugs. Yet at the same time he highlights how we overuse antibiotics and the way bacteria are evolving (which of course they do). One point of optimism I found is that he is a person who is exposed to about 6 people with superbugs every workday, and he doesn't do anything else than the normal person. Except eat a varied diet, and try and maintain a good immune system. So for me personally, I think I will be ok, but as a society we do have to get or stuff in order.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Good Gut

    17 August 2019

     

         

    The Good Gut by Justin and Erica Sonnenburg is an interesting first look at the state of research into our gut. They are good at pointing out that we don’t know much yet and that much more research needs to be done. There are some recommendations (eat more fibres) sprinkled throughout the book. And they use their personal life to reflect on the choices they have made regarding nutrition.

    Read the full review

  • Cause & Effect

    06 August 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Judea Pearl about his work on the mathematics of causality and artificial intelligence. They discuss how science has generally failed to understand causation, different levels of causal inference, counterfactuals, the foundations of knowledge, the nature of possibility, the illusion of free will, artificial intelligence, the nature of consciousness, and other topics.

    Let's forget about that terrible intro. Ok, done. The conversation was quite good, although Sam and Judea disagree on some definitions and then subsequently on what the outcomes are. This includes consciousness. I still need to properly read The Book of Why (stopped it as an audiobook, need to have it on paper or ereader).

    Listen to the episode

  • Flux

    03 August 2019

     

         

    Flux by Jeremy Robinson is an engaging sci-fi book that takes you through time. Good parts were the connection between characters and historical accuracy. I found more difficult/not-expected the superhuman characters and what they were doing in the story.

    Read the full review

  • A Bug's Life (Kafka's "The Metamorphosis")

    01 August 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    David and Tamler try to control their emotions (with varying success) as they go deep into Franz Kafka's masterful novella "The Metamorphosis." What kind of a story is this? A Marxist or religious allegory? A work of weird fiction? A family drama? A dark comedy? Why does a story about a man who turns into a giant insect get under our skins so much?

    It has been ages ago since I've read The Methamorphosis, but it's an interesting one. And so also the episode, it grasps the topic quite well and dissects different underlying meanings.

    Listen to the episode

  • Consciousness Medicine

    20 July 2019

     

         

    For a new project I'm reading this book. It has some very good pointers and advice. It also provides a rather complete document for guidance. Yet my problem with it is the non-scientific lens it puts on. I don't think we can quantify/measure/etc everything, but mentions of tarot cards and spirits just get me a little too riled up.

    Read the full review

  • How synthetic biology could wipe out humanity -- and how we can stop it

    26 July 2019

      

    TED Talk

    When suicidal mass murderes go all in, tech is the force multiplier. Example of China, guns not available, 1/10th deaths per attack versus the US. Synthetic biology could make it millions of times more dangerous. No one should go unloved. What to do: 1) embrace, don't ban the technology, 2) enlist the experts, 3) exploit our time advantage, 4) enlist everyone else. A global immune system, 1) medical science layer, 2) mental health system, 3) we are all the immune system, 4) synbio ethos layer, 5) imagination layer (what-if scenarios).

    Watch the TED Talk

  • G (intelligence)

    25 July 2019

      

    Radiolab

    In this very interesting series, the Radiolab team tackles intellinge. They ask what it is, how we should measure it, what could go wrong, and what has gone wrong. They also dive into ethics relating to what if we could change intelligence. The last one was very interesting because you can imagine yourself on a slope. When you have kids, you want to give them the best education and attention and care as a parent. Most people would also screen for diseases and missing chromosomes. But where do you draw the line? What are the criteria?

    And when should you not have a kid. What are the right reasons? (e.g. the care it should need and 'ruining' other peoples lives) And what are the wrong reasons? (eugenics)

    Listen to the first episode/series

  • Paul Bloom Insisted That We Talk About Sex Robots

    25 July 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    What better way to celebrate our 150th episode than to bring back our favorite guest – Paul Bloom! We riff on a series of topics: the new “grievance studies” hoax, sex robot brothels, perverse desires, and perverse beliefs. Then we get a little navel gazey (OK maybe more than a little) and talk about podcasting as a form of media and discussion, good teaching, and what we’ve learned about our listeners and ourselves. This was a fun one, enjoy!

    Although this one was also full of laughs, the topics discussed were interesting and Paul Bloom was very considerate/thoughtful.

    Listen to the episode

  • Reach-Around Knowledge and Bottom Performers (The Dunning-Kruger Effect)

    23 July 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    The less we know, the more we know it. David and Tamler talk about the notorious Dunning-Kruger effect, which makes us overconfident in beliefs on topics we're ignorant about and under-confident when we're experts. Plus, we break down an evolutionary psychology article on why poor men and hungry men prefer women with big breasts. Trust us, it's a really bad study. We're sure about it.

    Ohh what a fun they had with the second topic. Just wow, that we are doing this kind of research (and the lack of rigour that went into it). The Dunning-Kruger effect was very interesting to hear about again (see mom, I did learn something during psychology). The google trend even shows it being used more and more.

    Listen to the episode

  • Conscious

    20 July 2019

     

         

    In this rather concise (in a good way) book, Annaka Harris writes about what consciousness is, where it might come from, and why it is even here. The book starts with breaking down the reasons we normally give (e.g. to have goals, which plants also have in a way). And then it proposes/flirts with another framework that was quite new to me (panpsychism). I've listened to the book, but will also give it a read later and update my summary/notes.

    Read the full review

  • What Went Wrong With The World Wide Web

    17 July 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    The web is broken. Data is mined, sold, and exploited. Social media is an endless and biased scroll through the worst of humanity. Nobody’s personal information is safe. And worst of all, it’s inescapable. The web is a cornerstone of our lives. It’s how we work, communicate with each other, and get information. And it wasn’t supposed to be like this. How did a utopian vision of a free, open, and democratic internet turn into nothing more than a machine for marketing and surveillance? In the season finale Caterina is joined by early web adopters Steven Berlin Johnson, Anil Dash, and Kevin Delaney to ask: Where did the web go wrong? Could we have prevented it? And what, if anything, can we now do to fix it? It’s a question that affects us all and will determine the future of our lives online… and off.

    A more historic event/technology. Interesting but I don't have much to say about it.

    Listen to the episode

  • Total Recall

    17 July 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    Memory is highly selective and often inaccurate. But what if we had an easily searchable video record of all our experiences and interactions? How would that affect our relationships? What would it reveal about our characters and our sense of who we are? Is there a kind of truth that can’t be determined by perfect objectivity? David and Tamler dive deep into Ted Chiang’s amazingly rich and poignant short story “The Truth of Fact, the Truth of Feeling” which explores how new technologies shape individual and group identities.

    What would perfect memory do to our society? I highly recommend listening to the discussion as it touches upon many of the pros and cons. One great thing they mention is the concept of right vs true. A camera can pick up what is true, but a memory may better put something in perspective (right). Higly recommended.

    Listen to the episode

  • Life With No Head (With Sam Harris)

    16 July 2019

      

    Very Bad Wizards

    Sam Harris returns to the podcast to talk about meditation and his new Waking Up meditation app. What are the goals of mindfulness practice - stress reduction and greater focus, or something much deeper? Can it cure David's existential dread? Tamler's fear of his daughter going away to college? Can sustained practice erode the illusion of self? Is that even something we'd want to do? What if it diminishes our attachment to people we love? And what is the self anyway? Is Sam a defender of panpsychism? So many questions... Plus, the ethics of creating talking elephants by curing them of their autism through bonding and possibly mounting. (Seriously.)

    This was my introduction to this podcast and I really like it. It's more of 'two smart people talking', but more intellectually than CGP Grey and Brady Harran. And with guest like this time. The episode summary lists the questions answered/discussed quite well. One thing Sam talks about is the principle/teaching of impermanence. That we should not cling onto things that will change eventually.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ricky Gervais

    15 July 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Ricky Gervais. They discuss fame, the effect of social media, the changing state of comedy, offensive jokes, Louis CK, political hypocrisy, Brexit and Trump, the state of journalism, and other topics.

    What you say has a lot to do with the intention you're saying it with. Ricky Gervais gets away with a lot of things others don't, and that is because they know he is being sarcastic. It's difficult nowadays, as far as I can gather from Sam and others, to say politically incorrect things as a public figure. I don't have experience with this, but do get that free speech should be protected above much else. And that doesn't mean a person with bad intent can keep saying bad things, there are other laws that should then supercede this (e.g. if you're treatening someone or inciting voilence, it's right that you will be shut down). But if you're making a joke or voicing your opinion, please keep doing it.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Singularity Trap

    13 July 2019

     

         

    The Singularity Trap by Dennis E. Taylor is another good book by the author of the Bob's series. This one is less fun and universe building and more focussed on one particular event and story. It still has quite some humour and interesting dynamics. Less expansive, still fun and well-written.

    Read the full review

  • Semiosis

    09 July 2019

     

         

    Semiosis by Sue Burke is a fairly interesting sci-fi book that explores how we could build a society, one where we work together with intelligent plants. The start is maybe the most interesting, but the book goes on longer than I could enjoy.

    Read the full review

  • Medical Intelligence

    04 July 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Eric Topol about the way artificial intelligence can improve medicine. They talk about soaring medical costs and declining health outcomes in the U.S., the problems of too little and too much medicine, the culture of medicine, the travesty of electronic health records, the current status of AI in medicine, the promise of further breakthroughs, possible downsides of relying on AI in medicine, and other topics.

    Finding correlations and new discoveries through big data and AI in healthcare has proven to be a bit too early. Watson was/is quite the flop. Yet at the same time AI systems can be used to spot tumors on pictures, to see what gender you have, just based on your eye. I guess it is in line with other things we know about AI today, there is no understanding. We shouldn't put all our hope/trust into systems like this, but we should and can use it to our advantage.

    Listen to the episode

  • Dave's Killer Bread: Dave Dahl

    02 July 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Dave Dahl's entrepreneurial journey began in prison. In 1987, he was addicted to drugs and incarcerated for home burglary. For 15 years he bounced from one sentence to the next. But in 2001, Dave finally returned to his family bakery where he was inspired to make bread – organic, nutty, and slightly sweet. He sold the loaves at farmers markets and shared his story of recovery on the package – a branding decision that attracted fans and media attention. In 2015, the Dahl family sold the business for $275 million dollars. Today, Dave's Killer Bread sells over a dozen types of bread in grocery stores nationwide.

    It was good hearing a very personal story, yet I didn't find it too appealing. There wasn't much talk about how the business scaled, what was so great about the killer bread (except from a little bit about marketing).

    Listen to the episode

  • Possible Minds

    01 July 2019

     

         

    Possible Minds: 25 Ways of Looking at AI by John Brockman is a collection of essays by leading AI researchers, artists, and philosophers. They all give their own view on the state/future of AI, a reflection on The Human Use of Human Beings by Norbert Wiener. Each essay is quite different and here I will try to summarise them.

    Read the full review

  • How to Hack Your Way Out of Aging

    28 June 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    Imagine meeting your great-great-great-grandkids. Or going to law school in your 80s, learning to snowboard at 110, taking a gap decade instead of a gap year. Greg Bailey dreams of a world where everybody lives twice as long, and no one dies of an age-related disease. His startup, Juvenescence, is developing a whole ecosystem of anti-aging medications to help you live longer, healthier. Which sounds great. But would this world of perky centenarians wreak havoc on our already strained resources? Would natural aging become taboo? Would dying? It’s a technology that prompts us to ask some of the biggest questions of all.

    A topic I'm very much interested in, yet it also meant that I didn't hear many new things during the podcast. In further investigations I hope to learn better where we are exactly. Of course the moral/philosophical questions are also interesting, but I think that is all first dependent on the former.

    Listen to the episode

  • Rise and Fall

    26 June 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Jared Diamond about the rise and fall of civilizations. They discuss political polarization, disparities in civilizational progress, the prospect that there may be biological differences between populations, the precariousness of democracy in the US, the lack of a strong political center, immigration policy, and other topics.

    Diamond is well-versed in history and knows that making parallels with other (end) times isn't always useful. At the same time you can learn from other periods of time (and I think that his latest book, Upheaval, is motly about that, and how to recover from crisis). They talk about his other books too.

    Listen to the episode

  • Why is Nutrition Science So Complicated

    25 June 2019

      

    What I've Learned

    Okinawa, WW2, diet of 10:1 carbs:protein, mostly sweet potatoes (only for 1949, only one data-point)

    Goal of video: show what is good and weak evidence for health claims

    Confounding variables (e.g. high sugar in a study, whilst you're talking about fat). How can you isolate a specific factor (not always)

    Context: again, confounding, if you look at protein, then you also have to take away the bun.

    HDL 'good' cholesterol & triglycerides are more important (markers) than LDL 'bad' cholesterol

    Correlation vs causation: if some people do X, and live longer, X isn't always the cause (it could even be an effect)

    Another hurdle: looking through the studies that are looked into for a meta-analysis. Here again there could be other factors (e.g. study that looked into eggs, did control for other things like smoking, but don't always adjust for them)

    Model organisms: animals are not always a good proxy for humans, e.g. could have low levels of LDL, and mostly only tested on one or two types of subspecies (which for instance could be sensitive to salt). And: high fat diet for rodents versus humans, they don't enter ketosis (so not a good comparison for ketogenic diet).

    Chocolate and red wine, lovely but not really health benefits (but didn't we all knew this already).

    Guest appearence from David Sinclair, reversatrol (he is working on it), you would need to drink 10,000 glasses per day to get enough.

    Bed rest after heart surgery, sounds reasonable, but research shows it's actually damaging. First idea, was just a hunch and only later properly researched.

    Hormonal replacement therapy, also not beneficial, uhh even increases risk.

    The circular situation: soft and hard endpoints, existing data influences how we record data. E.g. if you have heart pain, if you have low LDL, you might not record it (just shrug it off).

    Conclusion: look at the research yourself, dig deeper into a claim, make better food choices?

    Watch the video (and his channel)

  • Yelp: Jeremy Stoppelman

    25 June 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In 2004, two former Paypal engineers, Jeremy Stoppelman and Russ Simmons, were spit-balling new internet ideas. Out of their brainstorm came a site where you would email your friends asking for local business recommendations. The launch was a flop, but they discovered that people seemed to enjoy writing reviews not just for friends, but for the general public. Fifteen years later, Yelp is a publicly traded company with more than 4,000 employees and over 140 million monthly visitors.

    Most interesting is one underlying factor, the time/place that shaped Jeremy and the rest of the PayPal maffia. Someone that is just willing to give to bright guys 1 million to develop an idea, that is pretty audacious. I'm still listening to Loonshots but I think many of the mentioned concepts apply here too.

    Listen to the episode

  • Meet The Carousing, Harmonica-playing Texan Who Won A Nobel For His Cancer Breakthrough

    20 June 2019

      

    Article

    The article is adapted from the book THE BREAKTHROUGH: Immunotherapy and the Race to Cure Cancer, by Charles Graeber. It describes the journey that Jim Allison took to discover how our immune system helps (and can be supercharged) to fight cancer.

    "Until very recently we’ve had three main methods for treating cancer. We’ve had surgery for at least 3,000 years. We added radiation therapy in 1896. Then in 1946, chemical warfare research led to the use of a mustard gas derivative to kill cancer cells. Those poisons were the foundation for chemotherapy."

    "But now we have added a new and very different approach—one that doesn’t act directly on cancer, but rather acts on the immune system. And that’s the breakthrough."

    "First, the T cell needed to recognize the sick cell by its unique protein fingerprint; in other words, it needed to be presented with the antigen that matched up with its T-cell receptor. Usually it was a dendritic cell or macrophage that did that presenting. Binding to that antigen was like turning the key in an automobile ignition. The other two signals (CD28 and CTLA-4) were like the gas pedal and brake on the car. CTLA-4 was the brake—and it was the more powerful of the two."

    "The CTLA-4-blocking drug Ipilumimab, approved by the FDA in 2015, was the first of a new class of drugs called “checkpoint inhibitors” and the beginning of what researchers refer to as a tsunami of new cancer treatments."

    Read the article

  • The Revenge of History

    20 June 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Michael Weiss and Yascha Mounk about the state of global politics. They discuss the rise of right-wing populism in Europe, the prospect that democracy could fail in the US, Trump’s political instincts, the political liability of “wokeness,” the Left’s failure to re-think its support of Chavez, the dangers of political polarization, the attractions of extreme partisanship, cancel culture, and other topics.

    A very interesting discussion that highlighted and informed me about todays politics. All points discussed were done in a clear manner and it was very interesting to hear that Michael and Yasha had never talked before. We can't compare today exactly to other parts of history, but we can draw lessons from it. The title refers to 'the end of history', the falsified belief that after some years of democracy a country will not turn back to a dictatorship, but examples like Hungary and Turkey do make you believe that this is not true, thus 'the revenge of history'.

    Listen to the episode

  • Allbirds: Tim Brown & Joey Zwillinger

    10 June 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Growing up, Tim Brown discovered he was very good at two things: design and soccer. While playing professional soccer in New Zealand, he was turned off by the flashy logos on most athletic gear. He started making simple canvas shoes for his teammates, but soon discovered a better material: soft merino wool from his country's plentiful sheep. Meanwhile, on the other side of the world, his future business partner Joey Zwillinger was frustrated that most companies lacked a genuine commitment to sustainability. In 2015, Tim and Joey teamed up to create Allbirds, a company with two ambitious goals: create the world's most comfortable shoes, and do it in a way that was completely carbon-neutral. Today, just three years after launch, Allbirds is worth $1.4 billion.

    One nugget from the episode is the part about turning down an investor that did make a reasonable offer, but that didn't believe in his vision. I think that you should have the same idea and that only then you can move forward with something like that. Anyways, a good episode and fun conversation. Oh another thing, sustainability (what we're also about at Queal), not a great marketing talking point (comfortable is what they chose instead), just let sustainability be a secondary thing (but it's not the main buying reason).

    Listen to the episode

  • Conscious

    09 June 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with his wife, Annaka Harris, about her new book, Conscious: A Brief Guide to the Fundamental Mystery of the Mind. She is an editor and consultant for science writers, specializing in neuroscience and physics, and her work has appeared in The New York Times. Annaka is the author of the children’s book I Wonder, a collaborator on the Mindful Games Activity Cards, by Susan Kaiser Greenland, and a volunteer mindfulness teacher for the Inner Kids organization. All of her guided meditations and lessons for children are available on the Waking Up app.

    The interesting (and maybe a bit weird) part was that this conversation was with Sam's wife. But nonetheless they talked a lot about the book and it got me interested in reading (and reviewing) it somewhere in the coming months. The most out there claim/topic of discussion was on panpsychism and that Annaka could find herself in some of the ideas on consciousness that are presented from that point of view.

    Listen to the episode

  • Julie Rice — Co-Founding SoulCycle, Taming Anxiety, and Mastering Difficult Conversations

    07 June 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Julie Rice is an entrepreneur best known for co-founding the fitness phenomenon SoulCycle. Julie served as Co-CEO at SoulCycle from 2006 to 2015 before joining WeWork in November 2017.

    A good conversation that touches a lot on working together in a team (and as cofounders). I heard about SoulCycle before on the How I Built This Podcast and this gave some more insight into the company. What I really like is that they made something people wanted, and expanded from there. I think at Queal that is one of the things we should focus on, creating value for our customers (and letting them spread the word). And less on shouting to the world that we're cool.

    Listen to the episode

  • Fortnite Is the Future, but Probably Not for the Reasons You Think

    06 June 2019

      

    Article

    Fortnite has become the place to hang out online. The game is more than just shooting each other and getting that victory royale. Even I like to sometimes watch a creator NickEH30. The article is very in-depth and definitely worth the read! It's also about the unbundling/bundling strategy. Take one piece and excell at it, or bring together different pieces.

    Netflix: "We compete with (and lose to) Fortnite more than HBO."

    Revenue per user per year, $97 (say what).

    "To be successful, any social network needs to start from a place of value or utility to its users – rather than the goal of being a social network. Similarly, Fortnite’s great advantage isn’t that it was built to be the Metaverse, but that it’s already a massive social square that’s gradually taking on the qualities of one."

    Read the article

  • DeepMind’s plan to make AI systems robust & reliable

    05 June 2019

      

    80000 hours

    The synopsis of the episode is also what I took away from it: "When you’re building a bridge, responsibility for making sure it won’t fall over isn’t handed over to a few ‘bridge not falling down engineers’. Making sure a bridge is safe to use and remains standing in a storm is completely central to the design, and indeed the entire project. When it comes to artificial intelligence, commentators often distinguish between enhancing the capabilities of machine learning systems and enhancing their safety. But to Pushmeet Kohli, principal scientist and research team leader at DeepMind, research to make AI robust and reliable is no more a side-project in AI design than keeping a bridge standing is a side-project in bridge design.Far from being an overhead on the ‘real’ work, it’s an essential part of making AI systems work in any sense. We don’t want AI systems to be out of alignment with our intentions, and that consideration must arise throughout their development."

    And: "For instance, Pushmeet is looking for efficient ways to test whether a system conforms to the desired specifications, even in peculiar situations, by creating an ‘adversary’ that proactively seeks out the worst failures possible. If the adversary can efficiently identify the worst-case input for a given model, DeepMind can catch rare failure cases before deploying a model in the real world. In the future single mistakes by autonomous systems may have very large consequences, which will make even small failure probabilities unacceptable."

    Listen to the episode

  • Stacy's Pita Chips: Stacy Madison

    03 June 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In the 1990's, Stacy Madison and her boyfriend Mark Andrus were selling pita sandwiches from a converted hot dog cart in Boston. They decided to bake the leftover pita into chips, adding a dash of parmesan or cinnamon-sugar. At first they handed them out for free, but soon discovered that people were happy to pay for them. So they eventually decided to leave the sandwich cart behind and launch Stacy's Pita Chips. They hoped the brand might grow into a modest regional business—but it kept growing. Roughly ten years after the launch, Stacy's sold to PepsiCo for $250 million.

    It's interesting to see how they turned a side-product into the whole business. And that a chips company can be worth this much. Most striking was the dedication Stacy had for the business and that when half the factory burned down, everyone chipped (ghehe) in and made sure that the sale and production went according to plan.

    Listen to the episode

  • Live Episode! Tofurky: Seth Tibbott

    03 June 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Seth Tibbott may be the only founder in the world who grew his business while living in a barn, a teepee, and a treehouse. His off-the-grid lifestyle helped him save money as he started to sell tempeh, a protein made of fermented soybeans. Throughout the 1980s he barely scraped by, but things took a turn in 1995, when he discovered a stuffed tofu roast made in Portland, Oregon. Knowing vegetarians had few options at Thanksgiving, Seth named the roast Tofurky and started selling it at co-ops in the Pacific Northwest. Nearly 25 years later, Tofurky sells plant-based protein around the world, and has estimated sales of $40 million a year.

    Seth was early, way early. He didn't have (or has) too much business acumen and that is great. You need to balance the books, but being a mission driven company can give so much meaning/satisfaction to life. A fun and compelling listen.

    Listen to the episode

  • Meat Grown in a Lab

    02 June 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    Imagine biting into a steak that didn’t come from a cow. Or a chicken breast that did not come from a chicken. Imagine if your favorite meat dish did not involve an animal getting killed. This is Isha Datar’s dream. She is a scientist on a mission to not only reinvent meat but the entire meat industry. If Isha’s dream comes true, we’ll live in a post-animal bioeconomy where animal products – from meat to leather and wool – are harvested from cell cultures, not animals. And we’re able to feed a growing global population sustainably, affordably and safely. But does meat grown in a lab really take animals out of the picture? And do we want to step further into a landscape of man-made, mass-produced food?

    Cultured meat is not ready for the spotlight. It's still to expensive and the scaffolding still involves an animal (a calf to be percise). And will there be a market for it if plant-based alternatives are already becoming so large. I do think so. What will be the percentages (dead-animal meat / cultured meat / plant-based) in the future, who knows.

    Listen to the episode

  • Understanding Humans in the Wild

    02 June 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Adam Grant about the social science of the workplace. They discuss how teams work effectively, the nature of power, personality types and fundamental styles of interaction, the critical skill of saying “no,” creativity, resilience, the strange case of Jonas Salk, the nature of mindfulness, the power of cognitive reappraisal, reflections on mortality, the replication crisis in social science, and other topics.

    I'm already familiar with Adam Grant from his various books, most notably Give and Take. The thing I found most interesting is that being a giver (or taker) and being confrontational (or not) are orthogonal (they don't correlate together), and that a person that is high in both, could be the best leader (a confrontational helper of sorts).

    Listen to the episode

  • The AI Delusion

    01 June 2019

     

         

    Current day AI is very good at doing very 'stupid' things. It doesn't think for itself, but is great at doing correlations. But give it the wrong instructions, trust it to do causal reasoning, well you're out of luck. A bit long on statistics, but very well grounded book. A counter-weight will be my reading of The Book of Why, in which AI today is also put in the same place, but Pearl argues for a mathematical framework for causal reasoning.

    Read the full review

  • The Longevity Diet

    31 May 2019

     

         

    Can we live forever, that is a question I'm asking actively at this time. Valter Longo gives some years extra with the longevity diet. Next to that he advocates for a Fasting Mimicing Diet (FMD) every few months. His advice is about keeping the machine clean and running well. Yet I think we still need to do repairs sometimes to keep it going at 100% (or more).

    Read the full review

  • Impossible Foods’ rising empire of almost-meat

    27 May 2019

      

    Article

    A great article about the alternatives to meat, with a focus on Impossible Foods. It is quite the long article and gives a good overview of the why (and a bit of the how) of Impossible Foods. What I like is that they recognise that the 'moral' path isn't working, so they are making something that is better in taste, perception, price (eventually). Here are two quotes from the piece:

    And like so many of its startup brethren, Impossible calls itself a platform. Livestock are just a poor nutrient-conversion device, from grain and water to meat -- "a terrible prehistorical technology," said Brown.

    "That's our secret sauce -- that unlike the cow we are going to be getting better every single day from now until forever,"

    Read the article

  • Ramit Sethi — Automating Finances, Negotiating Prenups, Disagreeing with Tim, and More

    27 May 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Ramit Sethi, author of the New York Times bestseller I Will Teach You To Be Rich, has become a financial guru to millions of readers in their twenties, thirties, and forties. He started his website, iwillteachyoutoberich.com, as a Stanford undergraduate in 2004, and he now hosts over a million readers per month on his blog, newsletter, and social media.

    The conversation between Tim and Ramit is again one in which they discuss several topics with great clarity. Some things I already knew (how to invest in index funds etc). Other things were good refreshers (do spend money on the things you love, cut out other expenses (vs saving a bit everywhere)). And other things were new (how to talk about a prenub, or similarly a living arrangement agreement).

    Listen to the episode

  • Machines Like Me

    26 May 2019

     

         

    Machines Like Me is the latest novel by Ian McEwan. Although I wasn't really a fan of Solar I really got carried away with this book. The world is somewhat different from ours and if I remember it correctly it takes place in 1984. Some technology is more advanced than ours and McEwan ponders quite some interesting questions.

    Read the full review

  • Photoshop Your Voice

    21 May 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    Mike Pappas and Carter Huffman believe their invention fulfills the promise of the digital world: the complete freedom to design your identity. But what if we all used it? The human voice is a key marker of authenticity and individuality, and Modulate uses A.I to transform your voice into anything you want it to be. In real time. If you’re a woman and want to sound like a man, Modulate can help you. But he gift of free expression also comes with a price. Yes: Modulate could allow people to be their true selves and speak in a voice that represents who they are. Yes: Modulate could expose institutional vocal bias against certain sounds and accents. But it also could contribute to the world of deep faking and harassment. At what point is digitizing our real-world identity too much?

    The case they didn't discuss on the podcast, which I thought of immediately, was that of guys (older creepy guys) adopting the voice of kids/girls to develop trust and then do bad things later. It was also very interesting to hear them talk about the 'watermark' they can put in the modulator, and it's good that they are thinking about the security risks.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Rational Optimist

    21 May 2019

     

         

    The Rational Optimists takes a look back at our history (in a similar way Steven Pinker does in The Better Angels of Our Nature/Enlightenment Now). And it looks forward at the progress we can be making. The main argument is that we are always progressing/changing/improving. The main cause is specialisation and exchange (that go hand in hand). What many pundits forget is that this process hasn't stopped and by some accounts will only increase (exponentially, think Ray Kurzweil). Highly recommended book.

    Read the full review

  • The Case for Bootstrapping

    21 May 2019

      

    Masters of Scale

    Ben Chestnut knows: When you bootstrap your business, you have to make your own luck. He used a DIY ethos to grow Mailchimp to a $600M company without ever raising a dollar of outside funding. The Mailchimp story is the exception to Reid's rule (Generally: Raise more money than you think you need!). The episode explores a range of options for those who don't fit the VC-funding mold for any set of reasons.

    If you want to grow fast and have a large impact (if they need to go hand-in-hand) then VC funding might be the way to go. I think that this is the lense through which Reid frames this dilemma and that is ok. What I like about bootstrapping is that it's also a way to go slower and with less risk (i.e. you make money whist building the company).

    Listen to the episode

  • What Does the Mueller Report Really Say?

    21 May 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Benjamin Wittes about both volumes of the Mueller Report. Benjamin Wittes is a legal journalist who focuses on issues of national security and law. He is a Senior Fellow in Governance Studies at the Brookings Institution, where he is the Research Director in Public Law. Benjamin is also the cofounder of Lawfare, a blog devoted to discussion of U.S. national security choices, and a cohost of the Rational Security podcast. His books include The Future of Violence: Robots and Germs, Hackers and Drones—Confronting A New Age of Threat (coauthored with Gabriella Blum), Detention and Denial: The Case for Candor after Guantánamo, and Law and the Long War: The Future of Justice in the Age of Terror.

    A good analysis of the report and also a good counterweight to Sam's pessimism (who can go overboard sometimes, but I guess not without reason). In short, no impeachment or other actions, but that is not what could have come from the report. It may lay the groundwork for later legal action and in that regard it has been useful.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Art of Learning

    20 May 2019

     

         

    The Art of Learning by Josh Waitzkin is a great book on how to achieve peak performance. It mixes together his personal journey in chess and push hands with frameworks he discovered during his life. In my summary, I will pick apart the principles and see how I can apply them in my own life. The main question I have is how to apply these things that are applied to the relative or very short timeframe, with learning and performing over longer periods of time without those competition moments.

    Read the full review

  • Advice to those trying to get a first job in data science

    20 May 2019

      

    Linear Digressions

    We often hear from folks wondering what advice we can give them as they search for their first job in data science. What does a hiring manager look for? Should someone focus on taking classes online, doing a bootcamp, reading books, something else? How can they stand out in a crowd? There’s no single answer, because so much depends on the person asking in the first place, but that doesn’t stop us from giving some perspective. So in this episode we’re sharing that advice out more widely, so hopefully more of you can benefit from it.

    I loved the advice they had, mostly because it's applicable in many domains. I'm thinking of doing more and more with longevity (live long and healthy) and one of their tips was to start a blog. That is exactly the first step I'm taking (and will share here soon).

    Listen to the episode

  • 23andMe

    20 May 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    The revolution in home DNA testing is giving consumers important, possibly life-changing information. It’s also building a gigantic database that could lead to medical breakthroughs. But how will you deal with upsetting news? What if your privacy is compromised? And are you prepared to have your DNA monetized? We speak with Anne Wojcicki, founder and C.E.O. of 23andMe.

    Earlier (on Science VS) I heard about the lack of good databases on ancestry (and the trouble with 'prototypical' people from country/region X). This time the focus is more on research and how 23andMe gets funding/makes money. I think we can do great things with the data from the company, but at the same time I'm sceptical until more comes out of it (and also think there may be some good things happening already with pharma companies).

    Listen to the episode

  • Belkin International: Chet Pipkin

    16 May 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Chet Pipkin was the kind of kid who loved to take things apart and put them back together. As a young man in the early 1980s, he started hanging out in mom-and-pop computer shops, where he realized he could meet a growing need by selling the cables that connect computers to printers. That simple idea became the main ingredient in Chet's secret sauce: instead of making his own computers, he would make the accessories needed to make them work. Belkin International eventually grew into a massive manufacturer of electronic goods — last year, it sold to a subsidiary of Foxconn for more than $800 million.

    Make shovels, don't dig for gold. A great story about an entrepreneur who actively found a problem, and figured out how to be the solution. One thing I also read between the lines is that the company has stayed away from the normal/scaleable parts of cables and other accesories, it could probably be profitable but then they would be competing with other companies in that space (with more scale/money), this way they can keep their own niche (and occupy that part of the mindspace for the customers).

    Listen to the episode

  • The Evolution of Culture

    16 May 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Nicholas Christakis about his new book, Blueprint: The Evolutionary Origins of a Good Society. Nicholas Christakis is a sociologist and physician known for his research in the areas of social networks and biosocial science. He is the Sterling Professor of Social and Natural Science at Yale University, where he directs the Human Nature Lab. His books include Death Foretold: Prophecy and Prognosis in Medical Care and Connected: The Surprising Power of Our Social Networks and How They Shape Our Lives (coauthored with James H. Fowler). He was on Time magazine’s list of the 100 most influential people in the world in 2009.

    Although I'm a bit late with summarising this one (5 days later), I do recall one main observation. And that is that some of our 'good' evolutionary behaviours (e.g. the distinction between ingroup and outgroup) can now lead to very 'bad' outcomes.

    Here are some observations from the subreddit that I liked: "Christakis (among others) seems to instead argue that the evolved traits are with us, and that our intentions can not override them. Instead the modern political objective becomes how to attain good outcomes (or at least not bad ones) given the constraints of traits deep within us. Christakis’ example of the Hutu and Tutsi slaughter and how culturally created super-groups are less ideal, but more realistic ways to “hack” our attraction to de-individualized thought, outlines what that might be. MacAskill and Singer (#44 and #48) could be seen as moral philosophers who attempt to expand that circle of concern in their very rational way, while accepting that moral progress is a highly constrained optimization problem."

    Listen to the episode

  • Going Critical

    16 May 2019

      

    Article

    A super interesting article about networks. About how things (from ideas, fashion, virusses) spread and what factors come into play. One of the most insightful things is the network density part (cities vs towns/rural) and that with the same virality, but with fewer connections, some ideas can live in a city and not a town.

    Read the article

  • Triggers

    15 May 2019

     

         

    I read this book again over the last few weeks and it's still one of the best (if not the best) book on behaviour change / goal-setting I've read. It's not too long, it's clear, unapologetic and based on decades of experience. I love how he uses it himself and that it gives clear guidelines on how to apply it yourself.

    Read the full review

  • Billion Dollar Whale

    14 May 2019

     

         

    This is one very interesting story. Think Wolf of Wall Street, in the year 2010, with bigger parties, more money, and one of the companies financed by this Wolf/Whale, is the production company that made Wolf of Wall Street. It's graft, corruption and the lack of a moral compass on the largest of scales. Well written and just crazy to contemplate.

    Read the full review

  • Spirited Away

    13 May 2019

      

    Movie

    Highly recommended movie that tells the story of a girl that gets lost in a spirit world. Great story arch and even better animation.

    Watch the trailer

  • The Cathedral and the Bazaar

    09 May 2019

      

    Linear Digressions

    I recently picked up this podcast again and from a few of the older episodes I especially liked this one. It's about how to build software together. They go through a paper and explain how the open software way could be the right choice. This is in line with some earlier podcasts/thinking I've done about open vs closed companies. I think some parts can be open and that this can lead to more and better innovation.

    Imagine you have two choices of how to build something: top-down and controlled, with a few people playing a master designer role, or bottom-up and free-for-all, with nobody playing an explicit architect role. Which one do you think would make the better product? “The Cathedral and the Bazaar” is an essay exploring this question for open source software, and making an argument for the bottom-up approach. It’s not entirely intuitive that projects like Linux or scikit-learn, with many contributors and an open-door policy for modifying the code, would be able to resist the chaos of many cooks in the kitchen. So what makes it work in some cases? And sometimes not work in others?

    Listen to the episode

  • Panel

    09 May 2019

      

    Xapiens at MIT

    We don't find meaning in the universe, we make the meaning (Max Tegmark). And how cool would it be if we could explore/make habitable more parts of the universe. We have to understand the principles of the brain better (Ed Boyden) before/so that we can better make (hybrid) interfaces with the world outside.

    To create the future with AI. There are 3 technical nerdy questions, 1) how can we make machines even understand our goals, 2) how can we make the machines adopt the goals (e.g. like the difference between 1 and 2 for kids), 3) how do we get them to retain the goals (e.g. like how kids get bored of LEGO as they get older) (Max Tegmark)? If we can't solve these questions before we have machines who are smart enough, we are totally screwed.

    Intelligence and consciousness are things we currently don't really understand, but that doesn't mean we can't. We actually know that we can figure it out (with time). And consciousness and competence are not related one on one.

    What about inequality? George Church repeats something I also believe/get from data, is that the meaningful gap between poor and rich is becoming smaller. Many more people will get a house above their head, no smallpox, no malaria (fingers crossed), etc. Of course there will still be the ones at the top and within countries (instead of between) there may be bigger differences (at least in wealth) than before.

    Democracy and equality go hand in hand. An article by Gilles? looked at opinion polls versus lobbyist money on voting records of US representatives. There was a deep correlation between it and lobbyists and not what the people wanted. Democracy can be bought. With regards to AI it should be prevented that this becomes the same (Max Tegmark). But George Church gives a little bit of pushback on it, that the lobyists reflect our voting (with our wallets) to corporations.

    Will we still have work in the future? We will still find meaning in work. And we will still want to get some things from humans (connection). Work might be more decoupled from pay/money, but we get more from it than that.

    If someone would come for career advice (to Max Tegmark), and that person would talk about getting cancer, being hit by a bus, etc. Well, that would be very stupid. But that is, in part, what we humans are doing (e.g. Terminator, Bladerunner, etc). It might get more clicks, but we could use some optimism too.

    Diversity between people and fields can be a great boon to research. This includes art, philosophy, and more. Focussing on one problem with one viewpoint, will be left behind.

    Watch the video

  • Ed Boyden

    09 May 2019

      

    Xapiens at MIT

    The main question Ed Boyden asks is if we 'can understand the brain, to the point of making biologically realistic, comprehensible models of neural circuit function?'. He speaks about what we are now doing and how it's related to 1) observing, 2) controlling, 3) mapping.

    One of the very interesting things is how we can use light to trigger things in the brain (of course with augmented mice). And another is how we can grow and miniaturise cells (via a polymer chain of swellable material) to better understand what is going on.

    Watch the video

  • Framebridge: Susan Tynan

    06 May 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Susan Tynan's experience in the ephemeral e-market of LivingSocial made her want to start a business that she could touch and feel. After being charged $1600 to frame four posters at her local framing store, she decided to create a mail-order framing company that offers fewer designs at lower prices. Framebridge is now five years old and still feeling growing pains, but is slowly reshaping the rules of a rigid industry.

    It's great to hear about how someone wants to build a company and has to go through several very difficult events to make it happen (I can relate in some parts). A good interview and altough the industry is not too relevant, the busines model (ecommerce) is very much alike.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Guide to Sane Parenting

    06 May 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Humans have been having kids forever, so why are modern parents so bewildered? The economist Emily Oster marshals the evidence on the most contentious topics — breastfeeding and sleep training, vaccines and screen time — and tells her fellow parents to calm the heck down.

    If I ever decide to have kids I think I will pick up her books. One nugget from the episode is that parents want to prevent killing their baby by sleeping in bed together (and this is a good thing of course), but they do sit on the couch together and try and not fall asleep there. And this is way more dangerous (you fall over on something more soft, instead of rolling over on a harder bed). So if you're very tired, put the kid in their own bed and don't fool yourself.

    Listen to the episode

  • Amanda Palmer on Creativity, Pain, and Art

    06 May 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Amanda Palmer is a singer, songwriter, playwright, pianist, author, director, blogger, and ukulele enthusiast who simultaneously embraces and explodes traditional frameworks of music, theatre, and art. She first came to prominence as one half of the Boston-based punk cabaret duo The Dresden Dolls, earning global applause for their inventive songcraft and wide-ranging theatricality.

    This was a very personal conversation and Amanda shares her story freely.

    Listen to the episode

  • Adam Savage on Great Tools, Great Projects, and Great Lessons

    05 May 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Adam Savage has spent his life gathering skills that allow him to take what’s in his brain and make it real. He’s built everything from ancient Buddhas and futuristic weapons to fine-art sculptures and dancing vegetables.

    Keep a beginners mind and always keep experimenting (failure is always an option)!

    Listen to the episode

  • The Invisible Paw

    05 May 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Humans, it has long been thought, are the only animal to engage in economic activity. But what if we’ve had it exactly backward?

    We like to believe that humans are unique because we do X, Y, or Z. But almost everything including economic behaviour is also being done by other animals (or plants). One thing to not forget is to not mistake competence for comprehension. I like how the episode ends: "The one thing that makes humans human? Our obsession with asking and answering this question. As far as I know we’re the only species so concerned with distinguishing ourselves from other animals. Of course, research could prove me wrong."

    Listen to the episode

  • For Whom the Cowbell Tolls

    03 May 2019

      

    Radiolab

    Today, we bring you this story, first published on Radiolab in 2013, plus an update: a spot on planet Earth, newly discovered, that - if it holds true - has the potential to tell us about the first three hours after the dinos died.

    I didn't know that the extinction went so fast, but the evidence sounds very reasonable (and it's just a great listen too).

    Listen to the episode

  • Open or Closed?

    03 May 2019

      

    Masters of Scale

    Joi Ito knows: No organization that’s entirely closed – or entirely open – can scale as successfully as an organization that combines both. Joi has spent his career championing radically open systems, from Creative Commons to cyber currency. Now as Director of the famed MIT Media Lab, he's focused on facilitating open conversations so we can keep pace with the shifting challenges we face in our companies, our institutions, and our societies.

    I took from this episode that you should balance both open and closed systems (duh). What I think is true for closed systems is that you can better capture value (LinkedIN/Facebook). But open systems may provide more value for the world (internet, open source software). For a company I think it's important to have some open parts and to engage with a community (e.g. for Queal to ask input for a recipe, but that the company decides what it will be exactly).

    Listen to the episode

  • Gene Drives

    02 May 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    Kevin Esvelt knows the stakes are high. As a geneticist at the MIT Media Lab, Kevin discovered a technique called a gene drive, which gives humans a power we’ve never had before: to change the DNA of entire species in nature. Used successfully for good, a gene drive has the potential to save millions of lives by eliminating diseases like malaria. But in the wrong hands – or even in well-intentioned hands – the results could be catastrophic. How do we weigh the potential for enormous good against the terrifying unknowns?

    One of the things I learned from this episode is that they are also developing interventions that can stop a gene drive. And although there are risks, if someone would ask me to choose to develop this for malaria, I would say yes. We've been messing with nature long enough and although this is a bit more extreme, I don't see why we would draw the line here.

    Listen to the episode

  • Mental Models

    02 May 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Shane Parrish about some of the mental models that should guide our thinking and behavior. Shane Parrish is the host of The Knowledge Project podcast and the founder of Farnam Street blog (highly recommended), which aims to help others develop an understanding of how the world works, make better decisions, and live a better life. Shane was previously a cybersecurity expert at Canada’s top intelligence agency, Communications Security Establishment, a division of Canada’s Defense Department.

    I really like Shane's website and his way of looking at the world. In the podcast they discuss several mental models and take a look at how it could influence your life. It's not so much at being better in the moment, but knowing to take a step back and calculation/putting something in a model and knowing what to do. One of the models is concerned with thinking about second order effects, in many cases they are the opposite of the immediate thing you see in front of you.

    Listen to the episode

  • Poor Charlie's Almanack

    03 May 2019

     

         

    Poor Charlie's Almanac is a collection of wisdom from Charlie Munger, the second head of Berkshire Hathaway. The formatting isn't optimal and many short pieces are intertwined with the chapters, but the lessons are present and great. I love how he tries to make a knowledge map of the world and they apply it to investing. I hope I can do the same for life and in a while figure out where I can then apply this broad knowledge.

    Read the full review

  • George Church

    02 May 2019

      

    Xapiens at MIT

    George Church talks about the things that are possible in biology. He starts with a great argument and that is that we already are augmented, that we have overcome many of our ancestral limits. We can see the whole visible light spectrum, hear everything from very soft to very loud, our memory goes back 5000 years, etc.

    He also talks about 'SynNeuroBio' and the possibilities here. Of course there is enough mention of CRISPR and genome engineering of organs. Very interesting ideas of which many are becoming reality.

    Watch the video

  • The Death of The Calorie

    01 May 2019

      

    Article

    What if counting calories is not the end all we think it is? This article goes deep into the history of the calorie and argues that we can do better. The only thing missing (and I don't see this changing soon), is a better alternative (for tracking). One truism? is that we should eat more whole foods, less processed sugar, etc.

    Read the article

  • Live Episode! Peloton: John Foley

    01 May 2019

      

    How I Built This

    John Foley started climbing the rungs of the corporate ladder at a young age, first as a fast food server and eventually as an e-commerce executive. Still, at 40, he couldn't climb out of bed fast enough to make it to his favorite spin class. John couldn't understand why there wasn't a way to bring the intensity and motivation of a boutique fitness class into the home. Having never worked in the exercise industry, he teamed up with a few friends to create a high-tech stationary bicycle called the Peloton Bike. Today, Peloton has sold close to half a million bikes, with a valuation as high as 4 billion dollars.

    In some parts this is about a struggling entrepreneur who had to keep convincing others that his idea wasn't that crazy. At the same time it's about someone who is already really connected and can use that to further his startup. Nonetheless I found the episode very inspiring and it showcased an entrepreneur with a vision who had the perseverance to see it come true.

    Listen to the episode

  • How to have a big impact in government

    30 April 2019

      

    80000 hours

    In today’s interview, Tom shares his experience with how to increase your chances of getting an influential role in government, and how to make the most of the opportunity if you get in.

    A bit shorter summary than usual, I liked the interview and Tom Kalil was very good in explaining what he did. But I don't see myself in this type of role, so not too much to take from it at the moment.

    Listen to the episode

  • Various Episodes - Science VS

    20-30 April 2019

      

    Science VS

    Here are some more notes from some more episodes of Science VS

    • Lyme disease is real and you should do your best to not get it (ticks, red spot), but the chronic version is a myth/other things people have.
    • The agricultural impact of all milk alternatives are better on the whole (and don't need a suffering animal), see a report here
    • DNA kits are all the rage, but the datasets of non-Caucasians is bad (5-10 people for a large part of Asia), and the idea of a 'prototypical' X country person is quite odd and man-made.
    • Vitamins and minerals are good for you, and some supplementation might help in selected cases, but for most people (a multi-billion dollar industry) there are no benefits. Eat balanced/varied etc.
    • Artificial sweeteners research is inconclusive and some point to bad effects (e.g. messing up your ability to recognise what really is sugar and have the right response), others can't find the same effects.
    • The fertility cliff is more of a slope and starts for women at around 33, for men around 40ish. You can also just be very unlucky (producer on the show, both were physically fine).
    • Race can be seen in the DNA, but is in the 0,01% difference and even there the diversity is larger in populations within Africa than between those and Westerners. What you can find in DNA doesn't divide among the stereotypical cultural? lines we as humans have made.
    • Human lab rats were the prisoners in the 60's and 70's in America. Ethics were left at the door and it's a dark part of science's history.
    • Vaccines work and have saved countless lives. As side-effects, you can get a mild fever, but not much else. Misinformation (even Russian interference) has messed up America and beyond.
    • Birth control is to be done in the right way. Pulling out at the last moment is not that. Taking the pill is very safe, but you do need to do it right. A spiral is the most effective. And a male birth control would be an injection and not a pill (the stomach would break it down).
    • Chiropracters base their profession on quite the amazing story and bad/no science (and many recognise it). There may be a small effect on neck pain, the rest is placebo (makes me think of essential oils all over again).

    Listen to the episodes

  • Max Tegmark

    29 April 2019

      

    Xapiens at MIT

    Max Tegmark talks about the future of humanity in an interesting talk about AI. I've previously read his book Life 3.0.

    In the talk he compares AI to a rocket. We need to be careful about the power (exponential growth of computing power), the steering (how can we control/manage it), and the destination (where are we going and what future can we imagine).

    Watch the video

  • Kevin Systrom — Tactics, Books, and the Path to a Billion Users

    29 April 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Kevin Systrom is an entrepreneur and the co-founder (with Mike Krieger) of Instagram. While at Instagram, Kevin served as the CEO, where he oversaw the company’s vision and strategy and daily operations. Under his leadership, Instagram grew to over one billion users and launched dozens of products including video, live, direct messaging, creative tools, Stories, and IGTV.

    I loved how Kevin keeps on learning and wants to develop himself, even after having this large success already. Now that their departure is in the news it looks quite sudden, but they actually have been with Facebook for 6 years. They talk about feedback (360 degrees feedback) and how it becomes more difficult to get honest feedback once you climb the ranks of a company / the ranks grow under you.

    Listen to the episode

  • Men's Warehouse: George Zimmer

    26 April 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In 1970, George Zimmer was a college graduate with no real job prospects and little direction. That's when his father, an executive at a boy's clothing company, asked him to go on an important business trip to Asia. It was that trip that propelled him into the world of men's apparel. In 1973, the first Men's Wearhouse opened in Houston with little fanfare. But by the mid-80s, George Zimmer managed to carve out a distinct niche in the market – a place where men could buy a good quality suit, at "everyday low prices," along with all the shirts, ties, socks, and shoes they need. With George as the face of the brand, Men's Wearhouse became a multi-billion dollar empire with hundreds of stores across the U.S. But then, in 2013, a bitter battle forced him to give it all up.

    I didn't get too much from this episode. I found it less compelling because maybe it's more difficul to take actionable lessons from a story in a different time and business. Not sure.

    Listen to the episode

  • What do Jihadists Really Want (2019)

    26 April 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris reads from an issue of Dabiq, the magazine of ISIS, and discusses the beliefs and goals of jihadists worldwide.

    What Sam tries to drive home is that there is no negotiating with people in the extremes. They believe there is an after life and that they are fighting a holy war (this is one of the things that makes religion so terrible). He also notes that the production quality of Dabiq is better than magazines in the US, which should worry you. Many of the people who are fighting this war (and a war it is) are well-educated and have opportunities, but they choose to fight for this. I highly recommend listening to this episode to better understand what someone on 'the other side' is thinking.

    Listen to the episode

  • Possible Minds

    24 April 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris introduces John Brockman’s new anthology, “Possible Minds: 25 Ways of Looking at AI,” in conversation with three of its authors: George Dyson, Alison Gopnik, and Stuart Russell.

    It's great hearing different perspectives on AI and getting a better feel for what is coming. Stuart Russell was the most allarming (and still very knowledgeable), and I've put the book on the to-read list.

    Listen to the episode

  • Aubrey de Grey

    22 April 2019

      

    Foresight Institute

    Allison Duettmann challenges Aubrey De Grey with the top objections against longevity to be debunked and debated before opening up the floor to the public.

    In all honestly it's preaching to the choir here for me. But I might go back to this talk again if I ever hear objections if I speak with others about this and need to find good arguments.

    Watch the video

  • Eric Schmidt - Lessons from a Trillion-Dollar Coach

    22 April 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Eric Schmidt is Technical Advisor and Board Member to Alphabet Inc., where he advises its leaders on technology, business and policy issues. Eric joined Google in 2001 and helped grow the company from a Silicon Valley startup to a global leader in technology. He served as Google’s Chief Executive Officer from 2001-2011, and Executive Chairman 2011-2018, alongside founders Sergey Brin and Larry Page.

    A great conversation that once again showed the interviewing skills of Tim. Eric was also very clear and expanded on the need for coaching within software companies, Silicon Valley, or even everywhere. I think at Queal we can do more with this and I hope that in the future I will find a great coach.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Most Interesting Fruit in the World

    20 April 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    The banana used to be a luxury good. Now it’s the most popular fruit in the U.S. and elsewhere. But the production efficiencies that made it so cheap have also made it vulnerable to a deadly fungus that may wipe out the one variety most of us eat. Scientists do have a way to save it — but will Big Banana let them?

    In the episode we are presented with a solution, GMO (and I think is the right solution), but the industry insider seemed more concerned about the public image, so we will see where it goes.

    Listen to the episode

  • 3DR: When Your Invention Becomes a Weapon

    14 April 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    What do you do if your invention becomes a weapon? This happened to Chris Anderson, who launched DIY Drones, an open source community that helps anyone build their own flying machines. Now, drones are used by everyone, from conservationists to contractors. But, they’re also used by ISIS to drop bombs on civilians. So, what is Chris’ responsibility? Did he foster innovation for a community of like-minded do-gooders or democratize a weapon for a terrorist group across the globe?

    We get a few different perspectives but overall this episode was lacking a bit in depth for me.

    Listen to the episode

  • God is not Great (book 20)

    14 April 2019

     

         

    God Is Not Great by Christopher Hitchens takes reason to religion. It's a deep dive into a terribly important topic. Not only because it has shaped (and for the foreseeable future will shape) our lives. Whilst some will argue that we're already living in the next Enlightenment (or hope so, Steven Pinker), Christopher Hitchens is more militant and political, if we need an Enlightenment, he will be one of the horsemen of it.

    Read the full review

  • Why Rent Control Doesn’t Work

    13 April 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Daniel Ek, a 23-year-old Swede who grew up on pirated music, made the record labels an offer they couldn’t refuse: a legal platform to stream all the world’s music. Spotify reversed the labels’ fortunes, made Ek rich, and thrilled millions of music fans. But what has it done for all those musicians stuck in the long tail?

    I guess this was the 4th episode/podcast in which Ek could be found in my feed in the past few months. It was a good conversation and made me think of Stratechery, an awesome blog which also analysed Spotify a few times.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Blank Slate

    13 April 2019

     

         

    In this epic of a book, Steven Pinker one again tackles a very large topic without sparing any words. He argues for a mind that already is pre-wired (genes) in a certain. Of course there are effects from the environment, but we are far from a (reprogrammable) blank slate.

    Read the full review

  • Moneyland

    13 April 2019

      

    Planet Money

    I still enjoy listening to Planet Money and don't recommend it here too often, mostly because they do so many small stories (about 2 per week, and 5 more via The Indicator). This one is a two-part episode about economists, Chile, dictators and more.

    Listen to the first episode

    Listen to the second episode

  • Chez Panisse: Alice Waters

    11 April 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In the 1960s, Alice Waters studied abroad in France – and discovered a culinary world far from the processed food popular in America. When she returned to California, she tried to find restaurants to recreate her experiences abroad, but she couldn't. In 1971, she opened a small restaurant in Berkeley called Chez Panisse, where she focused on serving fresh, local ingredients. Just a few years later, Chez Panisse was named one of the best restaurants in America, and became one of the hottest locations for fine dining in the Bay Area. Despite her success, Alice chose not to turn Chez Panisse into a restaurant empire. Instead, she continued to insist on cooking with food raised locally, sustainably, and ethically. Today, most chefs agree Alice Waters and Chez Panisse sparked the farm-to-table movement in the restaurant industry.

    Another great episode of the HIBT podcast. I loved the passion of Alice and just to learn about her story. One thing I plan to do is to buy more foods from places where I know the supply-chain is better than it is now. But one thing I do want to keep in mind is that I've already opted out of buying some of the worst products (meat). So another place to start is with cheese and to see if I can find better cheese where you can be more certain of the humane?/better treatment of the cows making it. (and I still want to learn more about consciousness soon and write more about being vegetarian).

    Listen to the episode

  • Various Episodes - Science VS

    05-08 April 2019

      

    Science VS

    I recently rediscovered the podcast Science VS. Each episode deals with another scientific question and the hosts consult various experts to get to the buttom of the questions. I won't be posting the results of all of them, but here are some conclusions I draw/remember from the episodes I've listened to so far.

    • Emotional support animals don't do anything much and can be a sign of wrongful attachments if anything.
    • A 7 minute workout can be good, but it doesn't have to be that specific type of workout.
    • Essential oils don't do much if anything (and as mentioned a month or so ago, they suck because they are sold in a MLM structure).
    • Vegans have the moral high-ground, and you don't need milk (read: calcium) to have strong bones, the opposite might be true (you still get enough calcium in other ways). Fasting diets don't do much.
    • Alchol is bad for you (with regards to cancer), even at one drink a day.
    • In nuclear war the effects of the blast are larger than the radiation effects, and only with lots (thousands) of bombs will we wipe out humanity (or most of it).
    • CBD might have some positive effects, but of course things are overblown in marketing/media.

    Listen to the episodes

  • Why Rent Control Doesn’t Work

    05 April 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    As cities become ever-more expensive, politicians and housing advocates keep calling for rent control. Economists think that’s a terrible idea. They say it helps a small (albeit noisy) group of renters, but keeps overall rents artificially high by disincentivizing new construction. So what happens next?

    Most economists say that rent control is a bad idea, as is just about any form of price control. They believe that markets work best when supply and demand are allowed to find a natural equilibrium, with price acting as the referee. "It’s not a good way of allocating scarce space. It’s not a good way of helping the downtrodden. It’s a way that freezes a city and stops it from adjusting to changes, a way that freezes people in apartments and stops the motion that is inherent in cities."

    Although it sounds like a great idea (and one you can sell politically), reality shows that it's a very bad idea. What really took it home for me is that you're just helping people already living there (if at all), and by that preventing other people from also living in the city (and preventing innovation/improvements/etc).

    Listen to the episode

  • The team trying to end poverty by founding well-governed ‘charter’ cities

    04 April 2019

      

    80000 hours

    Governance matters. Policy change quickly took China from famine to fortune; Singapore from swamps to skyscrapers; and Hong Kong from fishing village to financial centre. Unfortunately, many governments are hard to reform and — to put it mildly — it’s not easy to found a new country.

    "If we look back at the last, the greatest humanitarian miracle in the post-war era has been China, which lifted about 800 million people out of poverty. What they did was urbanization combined with special economic zones."

    Starting afresh with a new city makes it possible to clear away thousands of harmful rules without having to fight each of the thousands of interest groups that will viciously defend their privileges. Initially the city can fund infrastructure and public services by gradually selling off its land, which appreciates as the city flourishes. And with 40 million people relocating to cities every year, there are plenty of prospective migrants.

    Maybe a bit outside the direct Effective Altruism (EA) area, it is interesting to see their take on building new cities for innovation. I hope to hear about the success of their efforts in some years.

    Listen to the episode

  • Neil Gaiman — The Interview I’ve Waited 20 Years To Do

    04 April 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Neil Gaiman is the bestselling author and creator of books, graphic novels, short stories, film and television for all ages, including Neverwhere, Coraline, The Graveyard Book, The Ocean at the End of the Lane, The View from the Cheap Seats and the Sandman series of graphic novels. His fiction has received Newbery and Carnegie Medals, and Hugo, Nebula, World Fantasy, Bram Stoker, and Will Eisner Awards, among many other awards and honors.

    I was already a bit familiar with Neil from reading The Graveyard Book and reading (and watching season 1 of) American Gods. I really liked the latter. The former was very good but didn't hit the right snares for me.

    In the interview Tim explores what it takes to be a good writer, about Neil's collaboration with Terry Pratchett, and more. The episode didn't have too many new insights for me, but I really loved how they connected and talked about everything from fountain pens to adoption something for the screen.

    Listen to the episode

  • Springfree Trampoline: Keith Alexander & Steve Holmes

    04 April 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In the late 1980s, a New Zealand engineer named Keith Alexander wanted to buy a trampoline for his kids. After his wife said they were too dangerous, Keith set out to design his own — a safer trampoline, without metal springs. He tinkered with and perfected the design over the course of a decade. But he was daunted by the challenge of bringing his invention to market — and he almost gave up. At that point Steve Holmes, a Canadian businessman, bought the patent to Keith's trampoline, and took a big risk to commercialize it. Today, Springfree Trampoline generates over $50 million in annual sales and has sold over 400,000 trampolines.

    Quite different than other episodes, this one features both the inventor (with one heck of a long breath), and investor/entrepreneur who work togehter to find and make a new type trampoline business work. It is less of a Silicon Valley/unicorn story, and more of the hard work and persistence type. Still it involves quite a lot of investment upfront.

    One interesting thing I learned about was the loans that you can take if you have an order from a large company. The terms were not good, but it was what got them started/growing.

    Listen to the episode

  • For Whom the Cowbell Tolls

    01 April 2019

      

    Radiolab

    This was an interesting episode that touched on the subject of discrimination, nationhood?, identity, and more. What if someone is being a pain in the ass (the Dutch women living in Switzerland), when do you say that she is not welcome? And what about people you don't like (but haven't done anything wrong).

    The episode does a great job of showing different perspectives and really makes you think.

    Listen to the episode

  • The age of genetic wonder

    01 April 2019

      

    TED Talk

    Gene-editing tools like CRISPR enable us to program life at its most fundamental level. But this raises some pressing questions: If we can generate new species from scratch, what should we build? Should we redesign humanity as we know it? Juan Enriquez forecasts the possible futures of genetic editing, exploring the immense uncertainty and opportunity of this next frontier.

    Instead of reactive, let's do proactive biology. Examples include the redesigning of yoghurt (plant-based), cows, and even humans (e.g. Huntington disease). It's complicated, exciting, challenging, and amazing. And at the end, what about a gene-drive that will kill mosquitos (I lean towards yes). And at the very end, "We may be only a decade or two away from creating life from scratch".

    Watch the TED Talk

  • Public Commitment 2019 Update

    01 April 2019

      

    Article

    A look back at the progress of my 2019 goals over Q1 and a look forward toward the rest of the year.

    Read the article

  • We Are Legion (We Are Bob)

    30 March 2019

     

         

    This is a very fun sci-fi story about, well, Bob. He is on a crazy adventure, has to save Earth (who doesn't) and learn to be an AI (and in quite a novel way). The story doesn't really 'close' like I would like it to have, but I will see in the sequels what will come.

    Read the full review

  • The Trouble With Facebook

    28 March 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Roger McNamee about his book Zucked: Waking Up to the Facebook Catastrophe. Roger McNamee has been a Silicon Valley investor for thirty-five years. He has cofounded successful venture funds including Elevation with U2’s Bono. He was a former mentor to Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg and helped recruit COO Sheryl Sandberg to the company.

    Roger really has some good points about privacy and how Facebook isn't doing well on these points. He also talks about Google a lot and that we're not the consumers, and not the product (any more), but that we are the data stream. And that the (future) customers are advertisers and insurance companies who will want to/are harvesting this data. Really worth the listen.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Return of Supersonic Flight

    28 March 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    For all of human history, we’ve wanted to fly – and to fly fast. Blake Scholl, Founder and CEO of airplane startup Boom, is about to make happen. He has created a new supersonic jet, which could be the biggest disruption to air travel since the Jet Age of the 1960s. But progress always has a price. And Boom could have a big one.

    Things I like: Connecting people faster can be better. And making this technology doesn't necessarily mean more bad things (CO2 emissions etc).

    Things I worry about: Not too much, but mainly about the why. With better and better video technology, do we really need to move around quicker. One story during the podcast is about that other airlines cut costs and did other things, whilst Concorde focussed on speed (and was funded by the government with not too commercial goals), but is that really what people want, we will see.

    Listen to the episode

  • Michael Pollan — Exploring the Frontiers of Psychedelics

    25 March 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Michael Pollan is the author of seven previous books, including Cooked, Food Rules, In Defense of Food, The Omnivore’s Dilemma, and The Botany of Desire, all of which were New York Times bestsellers. A longtime contributor to The New York Times Magazine, he also teaches writing at Harvard and the University of California, Berkeley where he is the John S. and James L. Knight Professor of Science Journalism. In 2010, TIME magazine named him one of the 100 most influential people in the world.

    In this episode, Michael and Tim talk about his latest book How to Change Your Mind. They talk about the psychedelics and a lot about the research that is being done at the moment. They talk about the sensitive political landscape and the possibility that things can go wrong (but they are both optimistic).

    A lot more research has to be done and we will see that coming over the next years. It's very exciting and I hope these types of therapies will be able to help many.

    Listen to the episode

  • How can policy keep up with AI advances?

    24 March 2019

      

    80000 hours

    In today’s interview Jack Clark, Policy Director at OpenAI, explains that from a computational perspective using a hand and playing Dota 2 are remarkably similar problems. And more broadly, what does this imply for policy. What can governments and organisations do. And when should they figure it all out?

    I’d say from my perspective that the politicization of AI, the realization among people taking part in AI, that it is a political technology that has political effects, has been very significant. We’ve seen that in work by employees at AI organizations like Google, Amazon, and Microsoft to push back on things like AI being used in drones in the case of Google or AI and facial recognition in the case of Microsoft and Amazon. And that’s happened alongside politicians realizing AI is important and is something they should legislate about.

    This episode was an interesting take (from different perspectives/guests) on the AI policy questions. One thing I took away was that the distinction between short- and longterm is overblown. In many cases we should be taking/developing the same frameworks and precautions now, as in the future.

    Listen to the episode

  • Away: Jen Rubio

    22 March 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In early 2015, Jen Rubio was racing through an airport to catch a flight when her suitcase broke, leaving a trail of clothing behind her. She tried to replace it with a stylish, durable, affordable suitcase — but she couldn't find one. So she decided to create her own. In less than a year, Jen and her co-founder Steph Korey raised $2.5 million to build their dream travel brand: a line of sleek, direct-to-consumer suitcases simply called Away. Jen's hunch that the brand would emotionally resonate with young, jet-setting customers paid off. Today, Away has become a cult luggage brand that has sold more than one million suitcases.

    This story is about building a successful brand. A lot of preparation has gone into kickstarting Away and having it be both a great product and have a great story (that the customer can tell to him/herself). Although I think the problems of having a suboptimal suitcase are not the end of the world, it is so for many people and Away got in there and made them improve the story they could tell.

    Listen to the episode

  • Why You Shouldn't Open a Restaurant

    21 March 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Kenji López-Alt became a rock star of the food world by bringing science into the kitchen in a way that everyday cooks can appreciate. Then he dared to start his own restaurant — and discovered problems that even science can’t solve.

    This was the follow-up to the episode I listened to in September 2018. It followed up on the troubles of opening a restaurant. This felt most like a conversation between friends and probably has some good value for someone contemplating starting a restaurant (which isn't me).

    Listen to the episode

  • Safi Bahcall — On Thinking Big, Curing Cancer, and Transforming Industries

    20 March 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Safi Bahcall is the author of Loonshots: How to Nurture the Crazy Ideas that Win Wars, Cure Diseases, and Transform Industries. Loonshots describes what an idea from physics tells us about the behavior of groups and how teams, companies, and nations can use that to innovate faster and better. Safi received his PhD in physics from Stanford and his undergrad degree from Harvard. After working as a consultant for McKinsey, Safi co-founded a biotechnology company specializing in developing new drugs for cancer. He led its IPO and served as its CEO for 13 years.

    There were many great lessons in this episode. Safi uses heuristics/lists/processes to manage his life. He looks at the higher-level reasons for his actions and what he (or in his business) could do it better next time. For instance, if you moved your pawn to capture a rook, and it turned out that was a bad move. You could think of not to make that move anymore. But you could also take one step back and see why you made the decision, and change that (so you can do better in the future).

    He had fun advise on finding a life-partner. You should be able to have a great dinner together (because that is what you will be doing a lot of later in life). Instead of looking only at how cool you could be on the first date.

    Safi also argues to push through (vs fail fast and pivot) sometimes. If you know the underlying logic is correct (again thinking of the system instead of the specific action/outcome), you should be able to endure negative outcomes at first and succeed in the end.

    Listen to the episode

  • Will We Destroy The Future?

    19 March 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Nick Bostrom about the problem of existential risk. They discuss public goods, moral illusions, the asymmetry between happiness and suffering, utilitarianism, “the vulnerable world hypothesis,” the history of nuclear deterrence, the possible need for “turnkey totalitarianism,” whether we’re living in a computer simulation, the Doomsday Argument, the implications of extraterrestrial life, and other topics.

    A great conversation with someone I know about a bit (Nick is one of the founders/early enthousiasts for Effective Altruism). I've also read Superintelligence, a book about the dangers of AI/ASI/AGI. It's great to hear them talk and get into the papers mentioned.

    Find the papers here

    Listen to the episode

  • Check Your Blindspot

    18 March 2019

      

    Masters of Scale

    Sallie Krawcheck knows: Companies dominated by one type of person run the risk of tunnel vision. You might move fast – but you'll often drive straight into traps. Truly scalable companies need a diverse portfolio of viewpoints to see the opportunities others miss. From her Wall Street years to her new startup Ellevest, Sallie makes the business case for diversity of all kinds.

    Being different can have great benefits. What I think wasn't discussed much, and didn't need to here, was the need for a co-founder/employees who do share your mission. If you have that aligned, then you can be as diverse as possible on the execution/viewpoints/backgrounds/etc.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Gods Themselves

    18 March 2019

     

         

    The Gods Themselves by Isaac Asimov consists of three consecutive stories. I like that he started this book as an explanation why plutonium 186 can exists (it can’t, but a friend of his mentioned it and he decided he could write a story about it).

    Read the full review

  • Turning The Flywheel

    16 March 2019

     

         

    Well, not actually a book, a monograph. One that accompanies Good to Great. Turning the Flywheel by Jim Collins goes deeper into the concept of the flywheel. In the review I will define the flywheel and give two interpretations of it, for Queal and for myself.

    Read the full review

  • How to Fail Like a Pro

    15 March 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    For years, Gary Cohn thought he’d be the next C.E.O. of Goldman Sachs. Instead, he became the “adult in the room” in a chaotic administration. Cohn talks about the fights he won, the fights he lost, and the fights he was no longer willing to have. Also: why he and Trump are still on speaking terms even after he reportedly called the president “a professional liar.”

    Quite interesting to hear, but also a bit difficult. He doesn't want to speak about everything and seems to have an interesting view of the world. I do like how Stephen interviewed him and was both respectful and pushed the points when needed.

    Listen to the episode

  • Affectiva: Software That Detects How You Feel

    15 March 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    What if your computer had an “emotion chip” – AI that could read the expression on your face (or the tone in your voice) and know how you’re feeling? This is the question Rana El-Kaliouby asked when she built an AI tool that examines every micro-muscle in the human face to detect universal emotions – happiness, fear, grief, disgust. Through her company Affectiva, Rana wants to make technology more human. But in the wrong hands, could this emotion-reading engine take advantage of us at our most vulnerable moments? What might happen?

    Things I like: Just like last episode, this one is about human emotions and computers taking a role there. I like how could help us with theraphy and with helping people deal with their emotions.

    Things I worry about: I worry that the 'emotions' you see on your face aren't complex enough, that they don't give away your real inner voice. But at the same time, what if that is good enough in 99% of the cases. Should we prevent this from spreading everywhere (e.g. for theraphy in remote/poor areas) because it isn't 100% accurate (as doctors are not too). Of course in the hands of governments etc it can also do much harm/enable control.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Map of Misunderstanding

    15 March 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Daniel Kahneman at the Beacon Theatre in NYC. They discuss the replication crisis in science, System 1 and System 2, where intuitions reliably fail, expert intuitions, the power of framing, moral illusions, anticipated regret, the asymmetry between threats and opportunities, the utility of worrying, removing obstacles to wanted behaviors, the remembering self vs the experiencing self, improving the quality of gossip, and other topics.

    To be honest, there wasn't much I didn't know already. You can hear that Kahneman isn't that optimistic (something I heard earlier in The Undoing Project). But I do highly recommend Thinking, Fast and Slow.

    Listen to the episode

  • Effective Altruism Discussion Evening #7

    13 March 2019

      

    Effective Altruism

    During the evening we discussed both the good and the bad of what artificial intelligence will bring us. We both talked about what is happening today and what could happen in the future. Luckily we had an AI expert there and the three tables gave awesome presentations of their viewpoints at the end.

    More notes from the evening

    Be there at the next meetup

  • The Dawn of Artificial Intelligence

    13 March 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with computer scientist Stuart Russell about the challenge of building artificial intelligence that is compatible with human well-being.

    In preparation of the Effective Altruism evening we organised around Artificial Intelligence, I listened to this episode again. It highlights dangers and possibilities. Within the EA community, many are working on the safety problem. The biggest open question for me (and for everyone else I guess) is the speed at which we will develop AGI, and if this is 10 years, 100 years, or maybe much later.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ubik (book 15)

    11 March 2019

     

         

    A very strange and mind-bending sci-fi mystery that didn't pan out exactly how I thought it would. In the full review I will look at some more online reviews to figure this one out.

    Read the full review

  • Logic: Logic & Chris Zarou

    11 March 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In 2010, Logic the rapper, born as Sir Robert Bryson Hall II, released his first official mixtape titled "Young, Broke & Infamous." At 20 years old, Logic certainly was young and broke, and while crashing on a friend's couch, he poured himself into his music. Logic's career could have fizzled if it wasn't for Chris Zarou, a young college athlete-turned-manager who had no more experience in the music business than Logic. Undeterred, the two decided to work together, continuing to use free music and social media to build Logic's reputation as a talented, fast-flowing rapper with a hopeful message. In 2012, Logic signed to Def Jam Records and in 2014 dropped his debut album "Under Pressure," which shot to number 4 on the Billboard charts.

    This story is about investing for the future and not 'cashing-out' too early. First giving, giving, giving, and only then taking/enjoying the rewards whilst giving more (e.g. a concert/merch). And one about trust and alignmnent of goals.

    Listen to the episode

  • How to Fail Like a Pro

    10 March 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Today, we’ll hear about a part of the creative process that everyone can relate to — even if you don’t think of yourself as a “creative person.” This is something we all do, probably more than we’d like to admit; it’s something that almost no one enjoys; but it’s an inevitable, and absolutely essential, component of any success.

    And that is failure. Many successful people fail, it's about getting back up again and improving.

    Listen to the episode

  • Graham Duncan — Talent Is the Best Asset Class

    08 March 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    "Everyone’s genius is right next to their dysfunction." - Graham Duncan. Graham Duncan is the co-founder of East Rock Capital, a multi-family office investment firm that manages $2 billion for a small number of families and their charitable foundations.

    Another good episode about talent and how to manage/incubate it. It's about finding who is better than you at something and/or knowing how to empower someone to become this person. Why does Graham know something about this? Finance is an industry that lives on talent, of creativity (sometimes too much), and people are thus the greatest asset.

    Listen to the episode

  • Build a More Human Internet

    07 March 2019

      

    Masters of Scale

    "It was an online community. The reason that they called it social media is because you can sell media. You can sell column inches, you can sell broadcast hours. You can advertise against it, but it was not social media. That’s not what it was. It was an online community.."

    In this episode, an interview with Caterina Fake, Venture Capitalist, host of 'Should This Exist', and founder of Flickr, talks about online communities and how this can/should be the core (versus advertising/media).

    Listen to the episode

  • Building a Storybrand

    07 March 2019

     

         

    A very good read on how to tell your story, your customer's story to be exact. With heavy inspiration from the book/film industry, Donald takes you on a journey and through the steps you have to take your customer through. I found the book to be very insightful and will use his recommendations to better tell the story of our customers.

    Read the full review

  • A Good Idea Is Not Good Enough

    07 March 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Whether you’re building a business or a cathedral, execution is everything. We ask artists, scientists, and inventors how they turned ideas into reality. And we find out why it’s so hard for a group to get things done — and what you can do about it.

    To conclude: It's all about execution. And there are many ways to execute, pick one and do it.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Problem of Addiction

    07 March 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Sally Satel about addiction. They discuss whether addiction should be considered a disease, the opiate epidemic in the U.S., the unique danger of fentanyl, the politicization of medicine, PTSD, and other topics.

    Depending on the perspective (helping, family, law, etc) the 'sticker' of disease might not be the best way to describe addiction. It's not just brain science, it's also a lot about environment and support. In the end they discuss organ donation and make strong case to get this going legally. One thing that surprised me was that organ donations from dead people (where there is the opt-in or opt-out debate), not many people leave good organs behind (i.e. bad organs), which makes sense, but does up the urgency of needing to get more from alive people (before we 3d print them etc).

    Listen to the episode

  • Can journalists still write about important things?

    06 March 2019

      

    80000 hours

    Funded by the Rockefeller Foundation and given very little editorial direction, Vox’s Future Perfect aspires to be more or less that. Competition in the news business creates pressure to write quick pieces on topical political issues that can drive lots of clicks with just a few hours’ work. But according to Kelsey Piper, staff writer for this new section on Vox’s website focused on effective altruist themes, Future Perfect’s goal is to run in the opposite direction and make room for more substantive coverage that’s not tied to the news cycle.

    Not too many points to change your mind about here, but good to listen to the background of Future Perfect and get a small peak into journalism.

    Listen to the episode

  • Squarespace: Anthony Casalena

    05 March 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Like many classic technology stories, Sqaurespace started in a college dorm room. In 2003, 21-year-old Anthony Casalena created a website-building tool for himself. But after hearing some positive feedback from friends, he decided to put the tool online and start a business. For years, Anthony ran Squarespace almost entirely on his own but the stress took a toll and he reached the limits of what he could accomplish by himself. The journey to hiring a staff and scaling the company had its own set of growing pains for Anthony, including difficulty letting go of control, and learning how to manage other people. Today, Squarespace has grown to more than 800 employees, and valued at $1.7 billion.

    At various points this story could have failed (as many start-up stories might). It's good that Anthony recognizes these and also the very good upbringing he had (he could borrow 30k from his parents!). Anthony shows that he is open to learning and that making mistakes isn't the end, it is just another place to learn more again.

    Listen to the episode

  • Capital in the Twenty-First Century

    04 March 2019

     

         

    A very interesting book that asks some hard questions about money, capital, wages, inequality, and more. The very best thing is that the focus is on using historical data to prove a point and to make an argument. In all cases Piketty is very good at presenting the data. This is also the difficulty, as in too much data and text. But if you get through the parts that interest you less/you know the conclusion to, it's very much worth the read.

    Read the full review

  • The Reid Hoffman Story

    28 February 2019

      

    Masters of Scale

    "Great leaders make everyone they enlist a hero in their own story."

    I love how Reid Hoffman understands how stories are important and how they should empower a hero's journey for everyone (and put the company in the yoda role).

    Listen to part 1

    Listen to part 2

  • Woebot: A Virtual Therapist Powered by AI

    27 February 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    Woebot is a mobile app that gives one-on-one therapy and gets 2 million messages a week. But Woebot isn’t a person – it’s a chatbot. It was invented and developed by psychologist Alison Darcy and it uses AI to guide users through a session, anytime, anywhere. Darcy hopes that Woebot will help break down the stigma of therapy and help provide services to underserved communities. But what happens when we remove the human therapist from therapy?

    Things I like: It will stay as good or get better each time (no bored therapist, appearently 50% of CBT practicioners don't actually do CBT). It can learn from the data. People feel more comfortable/less self-consciousness when talking to it. It's empowering and can give access to therapy around the world at a fraction of the cost.

    Things I worry about: People retreating from society. Dependency on the bot/app (but how is that different from current therapist, and can be built as not to be so). Data (but can be made so no personal things are stored/shared).

    Listen to the episode

  • Where Do Good Ideas Come From

    24 February 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Whether you’re mapping the universe, hosting a late-night talk show, or running a meeting, there are a lot of ways to up your idea game. Plus: the truth about brainstorming.

    Some structure is best. Or maybe put differently, a lot of structure, around the right parts. Have time to do nothing, but protect that time. Make a routine, but be free in what concepts you connect. Etc.

    Listen to the episode

  • Jim Collins — A Rare Interview with a Reclusive Polymath

    24 February 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Jim Collins is a student and teacher of what makes great companies tick, and a Socratic advisor to leaders in the business and social sectors. He has authored or coauthored eight books that have together sold 10+ million copies worldwide, including Good to Great, Good to Great and the Social Sectors, Built to Last, How the Mighty Fall, Great by Choice, and his newest work, Turning the Flywheel.

    I've been familiar with Good to Good to Great and Built to Last. It's great to hear Jim talk about his work and his dedication to learning more and more about management and the underlying principles that drive great businesses. I will take a look at his newest book.

    Listen to the episode

  • Enlightenment Now

    22 February 2019

     

         

    What progress have we made as humans? Where are we now? And where might we be going? These and more answers in the second book I read by Steven Pinker (before I read Better Angels of Our Nature). Instead of only focussing on violence and war, this book looks at many more aspects of development. It ties in with quite some other books I've been reading and in the full summary I will shed some more light on this. And I will focus on some critique that the book has gotten and my personal interpretation of this.

    Read the full review

  • Halo: A Headset That Makes You Learn Faster

    21 February 2019

      

    Should This Exist

    Neuroscientist Daniel Chao created a headset that hacks your brain with electricity so you can learn as fast as a kid again. It’s called Halo, and it helps you learn motor skills faster. Athletes use it; musicians too. But we’re not far from a future when Halo could help anyone master anything. Where will that take us? Host Caterina Fake leads the journey, joined by Comedian Baratunde Thurston and Quartz Editor in Chief Kevin Delaney, who help Daniel future-cast, and see his invention through the future best for humanity.

    This was my first episode listening to this (also new) podcast after hearing her speak on Tim's podcast (a few below here). It was a good experience, but I will have to see after a few more episodes if it's really worth the listen. For this specific episode, the Halo is an interesting device, but I think very limited in the scope (i.e. what AI also is at the moment).

    Listen to the episode

  • An updated view of the best ways to help humanity

    20 February 2019

      

    80000 hours

    If you want to do as much good as possible with your career, what problems should you work on, and what jobs should you consider? This episode features Rob Wiblin, director of research for effective altruist organization 80,000 Hours, and the host of the 80,000 Hours podcast. Julia and Rob discuss how the career advice 80,000 Hours gives has changed over the years, and the biggest misconceptions about their views.

    This episode was cross-posted from the Rationally Speaking podcast and gives a more high-level overview of EA and 80,000 Hours. What I liked most was that Rob reiterated that 80k has changed their focus to be 1) more on the long-term, and 2) more on doing good directly (vs earning to give).

    Listen to the episode

  • Hardcore History On Fire

    19 February 2019

      

    Hardcore History

    Dan and History on Fire host Danielle Bolelli do a crosscast together about Nazis, political spectrums, U.S. Presidents they want back and some other stuff. Basically it's a typical phone call between these two guys that an audience gets to hear for once.

    Very interesting to hear these two great podcasters speak. And once again, listen to Hardcore History (this was from the addendum/extra podcast)

    Listen to the episode

  • Burt's Bees: Roxanne Quimby

    18 February 2019

      

    How I Built This

    In the 1970s, Roxanne Quimby was trying to live a simpler life – one that rejected the pursuit of material comforts. She moved to Maine, built a cabin in the woods, and lived off the grid.By the mid-80s, she met a recluse beekeeper named Burt Shavitz and offered to help him tend to his bees. As partners, Roxanne and Burt soon began selling their "Pure Maine Honey" at local markets, which evolved into candles made out of beeswax, and eventually lip balm and skin care products. Today Burt's Bees can be found in nearly every grocery store and drugstore around the U.S.

    It's interesting to hear Roxanne's story. What I liked most was her reluctance to be an entrepreneur and how they did it their way. Also without much (if any) marketing and a focus on the product. Funniest moment: when they hired a 14 year old kid to do their bookkeeping in the beginning.

    Listen to the episode

  • Caterina Fake — The Outsider Who Built Giants

    18 February 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Caterina Fake is a long-time Silicon Valley pioneer. She is a co-founder of Yes VC, a pre-seed and seed-stage fund investing in ideas that elevate our collective humanity. Previously, she worked at Founder Collective as a founder partner, served as chair of Etsy, and was a co-founder of Flickr. At Flickr, Caterina and her team introduced many of the innovations — newsfeeds, hashtags, “followers,” “likes” — that have become commonplace online. Caterina went on to found several more startups (Findery, Hunch) and became an active investor, advisor, and board member, helping to build companies like Etsy and Kickstarter from their beginnings. (Other investments include Stack Overflow, Cloudera, and Blue Bottle Coffee.) Caterina is an early creator of online communities and a long-time advocate of the responsibility of entrepreneurs for the outcomes of their technologies.

    A good interview from Tim that really dives deep into diversity (of thought) and how this can help a company. I like how they connected and also talked about the lesser times (melancholy/depression) and how this is also part of the human experience. Definitely worth a listen.

    Listen to the episode

  • Artemis

    17 February 2019

     

         

    I liked this second book by Andy Weir quite a lot. It's a great vacation read where the pages just flow away. Like The Martian (his debut novel), it's full of science and interesting twists. See the full review for spoilers and my take on the storyline.

    Read the full review

  • The Future of Meat

    16 February 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Global demand for beef, chicken, and pork continues to rise. So do concerns about environmental and other costs. Will reconciling these two forces be possible — or, even better, Impossible™?

    Hmm interesting, a story I really like. And at the same time one which made me think about if I want to be part of that industry. Is there something I can do, or is the basic science already there? And what will be the best/dominant strategy (plant-based or cultured-meat)? It's very interesting and I look forward to learning more.

    Listen to the episode

  • Legendary Flexibility (book 10)

    13 February 2019

     

         

    What can we learn about flexibility? How can we apply it in our daily life and what is the best routine to get very flexible. Jujimufu takes on this challenge in his ebook.

    It's very interesting to read but now is the time (in the coming weeks) for me to make my own routine and incorporate the lessons in my own life.

    Read the full review

  • Solar

    12 February 2019

     

         

    Hmm, this book was recommended by a friend and I did like it. But it was not among the other fiction books that I liked better. That being said, there is some very fun dark humor in there.

    Read the full review

  • Radical institutional reforms that make capitalism & democracy work better

    11 February 2019

      

    80000 hours

    Today’s guest, freewheeling economist Glen Weyl, won’t have it, and is on a warpath to reform liberal democratic institutions in order to save them. Just last year he wrote Radical Markets: Uprooting Capitalism and Democracy for a Just Society with Eric Posner, but he has already moved on, saying “in the 6 months since the book came out I’ve made more intellectual progress than in the whole 10 years before that.”

    He believes we desperately need more efficient, equitable and decentralised ways to organise society that take advantage of what each person knows, and his research agenda has already made some breakthroughs.

    Despite a background in the best economics departments in the world – Harvard, Princeton, Yale and the University of Chicago – he is too worried for the future to sit in his office writing papers. Instead he has left the academy to try to inspire a social movement, RadicalxChange, with a vision of social reform as expansive as his own.

    Another very good and intellectually challenging episode. I will have to pick up his book and two that are mentioned in the near future. For now, do read the episode notes.

    Listen to the episode

  • Tobi LĂźtke — The Oracle of Ottawa

    08 February 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Tobi Lütke is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Shopify. In 2004, Tobi began building software to launch an online snowboard store called Snowdevil. It quickly became obvious that the software was more valuable than the snowboards, so Tobi and his founding team launched the Shopify platform in 2006. He has served as CEO since 2008 at the company’s headquarters in Ottawa, Canada.

    I heard before from Tobi when he was on the Farnham Street podcast. A new thing I learned is that he (and you can too) used data from the companies that use Shopify to see new trends develop. You can't predict the future, but you can see some trends coming and prepare yourself and your company to be ready when/if they come.

    Listen to the episode

  • This Economist Predicted the Last Crash

    07 February 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    In 2005, Raghuram Rajan said the financial system was at risk “of a catastrophic meltdown.” After stints at the I.M.F. and India’s central bank, he sees another potential crisis — and he offers a solution. Is it stronger governments? Freer markets? Rajan’s answer: neither.

    Of course the title triggered me to think about his prediction if there would be another crash. He didn't stay much about the topic but did see that for instance businesses have more loans than before (where first the home-owners had too much leverage). We will see how it goes.

    Listen to the episode

  • Jack Dorsey

    05 February 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Jack Dorsey about how he manages his dual CEO roles at Square and Twitter, the role that Twitter plays in journalism, how it’s different from other social media, what makes a conversation healthy, the logic by which Twitter suspends people, the argument for kicking Trump off the platform, Jack’s practice of meditation, and other topics.

    I think Sam did a good job of asking tough, but considerate, questions to Jack. He didn't stay away from the controversy and I think Jack was honest in his apologies and his want to do better. I'm not active on Twitter and I don't know how bad it really is, but I think they do want do fix it and make it a place to have good conversations and change someone's mind.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ken Block — The Art of Marketing with a DC Shoes and Gymkhana Legend

    04 February 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Ken Block is a co-founder of DC Shoes and a professional rally driver with the Hoonigan Racing Division. His rally career began in 2005, and he won Rookie of the Year that season in the Rally America Championship. Ken has accumulated five X Games medals and achieved global fame through his wildly successful viral series of Gymkhana videos. Gymkhana videos (including all associated edits) have racked up more than 500 million views, landing the franchise in Ad Age’s top-10 viral video charts. In January 2010, Block formed the Monster World Rally Team (later renamed to Hoonigan Racing Division) and signed with Ford to pursue his dreams of racing in the World Rally Championship and in doing so, became one of only four Americans to ever score points in the WRC. His latest project is The Gymkhana Files, which takes viewers behind the scenes of GYMKHANA TEN: The Ultimate Tire Slaying Tour, a video that, as of this writing, just went up and already has nearly 20M views. It’s all complete insanity.

    This was another fun episode where he Tim speaks to a fellow life-experiencer. Ken Block has done many things (see above) and it's great to see that he uses curiosity and learning to keep on evolving and having success.

    Listen to the episode

    Watch Gymkhana 10

  • The Dream / Sounds like MLM but OK

    31 January 2019

      

    The Dream / Sounds like MLM but OK

    I started devouring episodes of these two podcasts after doing some more research for a friend who is involved in a MLM. And with doing research I mean helping her understand (if that is possible) that the company she 'works' for is doing some very bad things and selling a product that does not do better than placebo.

    The production value and 'information per minute' isn't as high as the other podcasts here (they could definitely have done some more editing). That being said, I think these are both great resources if you want to inform yourself about MLMs and the damage they do. And there are some pretty crazy stories in there. I would recommend starting with The Dream, or pick a specific episode from Sounds like MLM but OK if you want to learn about a specific company.

    Listen to The Dream

    Listen to Sounds like MLM but OK

  • Canva: Melanie Perkins

    30 January 2019

      

    How I Built This

    When she was just 19 years old, Melanie Perkins dreamt of transforming the graphic design and publishing industries. But she started small, launching a site to make yearbook design simpler and more collaborative. Her success with that first venture — and an unexpected meeting with a VC investor — eventually landed her the backing to pursue her original idea, and the chance to take on software industry titans like Adobe and Microsoft. Today, Melanie's online design platform Canva is valued at over $1 billion, joining the list of Australia's "unicorn" companies.

    I guess that offering great value is key here. I'm doing an exercise around pricing and the power of 'free', and this is a great story around that. She offers free tools to many, and you can pay for something extra (e.g. printing that design). With almost zero marginal costs Canva can help you design something beautiful, and so the company can both help itself and help you!

    Listen to the episode

  • Ending factory farming as soon as possible

    30 January 2019

      

    80000 hours

    Politics in rich countries seems to be going nuts. What’s the explanation? Rising inequality? The decline of manufacturing jobs? Excessive immigration? Martin Gurri spent decades as a CIA analyst and in his 2014 book The Revolt of The Public and the Crisis of Authority in the New Millennium, predicted political turbulence for an entirely different reason: new communication technologies were flipping the balance of power between the public and traditional authorities.

    According to Gurri, trust in society’s institutions – police, journalists, scientists and more – has been undermined by constant criticism from outsiders, and exposed to a cacophony of conflicting opinions on every issue the public takes fewer truths for granted. We are now free to see our leaders as the flawed human beings they always have been, and are not amused.

    The main observation I took away from this episode was that people rally 'against', but (maybe just like before) there is no plan. They don't know what to do when in power (of don't even want to be). I can understand the frustration but I also feel that it's very bad that you can't even think one step further and think about what you want after that (and how you will govern that).

    The podcast also has a positive note about direct democracy and the system in Estonia. Who knows, we might be in a valley (of how good democracy works) and we might see new technology help us (instead of divide us).

    Listen to the episode

  • Susan Cain — How to Overcome Fear and Embrace Creativity

    29 January 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Susan Cain is the author of the bestsellers Quiet Power: The Secret Strengths of Introverts and Quiet: The Power of Introverts in A World That Can’t Stop Talking, the latter of which has been translated into more than 40 languages. Quiet is in its seventh year on The New York Times Best Sellers list, and it was named the number one best book of the year by Fast Company magazine, which also named Susan one of its Most Creative People in Business.

    I was already familiar with Quiet and liked the conversation between Tim and Susan. It's very interesting to see that she hit a snare and has been successful with her book and speaking resulting from it. Also a mention of what Tim will do in the future, write more about mental health and the ways we can (with psychedelics) become better (period).

    Listen to the episode

  • Stephen Fry

    29 January 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Making Sense podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Stephen Fry about comedy, atheism, political correctness, meditation, ambition, empathy, psychedelics, Christopher Hitchens, Stephen’s experience of manic depression, and much else.

    Stephen Fry is just a great pleasure to listen to. He is skeptical (in a good way) and asks some good questions about meditation. I wasn't/am not so familiar with Christopher Hitchens, but after the conversation I do want to check him out.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ross and Carrie and the Homeopathic Overdose: The Watered Down Edition

    28 January 2019

      

    Oh No Ross and Carrie

    While Carrie is out of town, Ross and his cohorts at the Independent Investigations Group set up a test to see if the Earth is flat, or a lumpy, bumpy globe. And they invite their old friend Mark Sargent, and a cadre of flat earthers to join them. Arriving at the Salton Sea with some PVC pipe, balloons, and a magical camera that recovers ships lost on the horizon, these globeheads and flatties devise a fair and simple test of the Earth's shape. We'll let you guess how that turns out.

    I listened to this episode and some more. It's great fun. Nothing much to say about the flat earth people, just very bad reasoning and cognitive dissonance.

    Listen to the episode

  • Let My People Go Surfing

    25 January 2019

     

         

    What if you don't want to be a businessmman? And what if you want to do things different? better? That is the story of Yvon Chouinard. The book is a great read and lays out Patagonia's vision very clearly. Although I don't agree with all the solutions proposed, I do agree with the pressing need that he puts forward and align with his vision about trying to do the least amount of harm.

    Read the full review

  • The Intelligent Investor

    23 January 2019

     

         

    The Intelligent Investor by Benjamin Graham can be summarised in one sentence: Buy a portfolio of stocks, hold on to them. Ok, this, of course, is too much of an exaggeration but that is one of the lessons I took away from the book.

    Passive over active, investor over speculator, index funds for the win!

    Read the full review

  • Bonobos: Andy Dunn

    21 January 2019

      

    How I Built This

    When Andy Dunn was in business school, his housemate Brian Spaly created a new type of men's pants: stylish, tailored trousers that fit well in both the hips and thighs. Together, they started the men's clothing company Bonobos, which became an instant hit due to the pants' signature flair and innovative e-commerce experience. But within a few years, Andy hit challenging roadblocks, including a struggle with depression and a falling-out with his co-founder and friend. Despite many moments of crisis, Andy steered Bonobos to massive success, and in 2017, it was acquired by Walmart for a reported $310 million.

    What I took away from this story is that having a good insight for an industry can make you right whilst doing many things wrong. The cofounders broke up (but in quite an ok way), they had a divide within the company, they needed a lot of external money, etc. But if you can be ahead of the curve (and not by too much, think Lisa from Apple), you can make great things happen. In this case it was the hybrid model between ecommerce and offline retail. The podcast is a great listen!

    Listen to the episode

  • Peter Mallouk — Exploring the Worlds of Investing, Assets, and Quality of Life

    20 January 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Peter Mallouk is the President of Creative Planning, one of the largest independent wealth management firms in America. Creative Planning provides wealth management services to clients, manages over $36 billion for clients in all 50 states and abroad, and has been featured as the number one independent wealth management firm in America by Barron’s (2017). Peter is featured in Worth magazine’s Power 100, featuring the most powerful men and women in global finance, the only financial planner on the list (2017 and 2018). Creative Planning was featured in Forbes in 2016 as the number one RIA for growth over the last 10 years.

    Again a very interesting conversation. Maybe also one where I'm remindered that I might be taking in way too much information and not have enough time to process it. But that is a thought to maybe cristallise another day.

    Investing better than 'average' is not possible. Just buy the SNP500. That is what Peter says, what Benjamin Graham says. What I found new in Peter's perspective is the view on private markets. Places where you can have an informational advantage, might have more risk, might be stuck longer with an investment (e.g. if you buy into the development of some houses).

    Peter talks about Bitcoin and argues that there (and also with gold) there isn't much/or any intrinsic value to it (and my current opinion is that it's also not the best of the crypto coins and will trend toward zero in the long-term).

    He also talks about the time-frame you're investing for. And that even when you're 67 you want to still have a part of your money in stocks vs bonds. You don't only need that money today (low risk), you will also need it in 20 years (so you can have more varience, aka stocks, now, with a higher yield).

    Listen to the episode

  • The Beginning of Infinity

    20 January 2019

     

         

    In some books I'm searching for a philosophy of life. Some guidelines, if you can call them that, that direct you to a better life. One that is more 'true', makes you happy, adds positive things to the world. This book is definitely one where I think I've found a piece of the puzzle.

    This book could very well become one of my top recommendations for 2019.

    Read the full review

  • Free Solo

    19 January 2019

      

    Documentary

    Follow Alex Honnold as he becomes the first person to ever free solo climb Yosemite's 3,000ft high El Capitan Wall. With no ropes or safety gear, he completed arguably the greatest feat in rock climbing history.

    I was on the edge of my seat for about the whole experience. Awe, wonder, and WTF, are some of the words I would use for this feat. It's crazy, and although it's somewhat understandable from a 'go to the maximum of human experience' perspective, it's still so crazy that he does this. It's dangerous and no-one should have to do it, but at the same time it's amazing to see as a spectator.

    Watch the trailer

  • Think Like a Winner

    18 January 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Great athletes aren’t just great at the physical stuff. They’ve also learned how to handle pressure, overcome fear, and stay focused. Here’s the good news: you don’t have to be an athlete to use what they know.

    A lot of the difference between different top athletes is what happens in their brain. It's the self-talk they engage in. It's about calming yourself, have focus, have confidence, trust the automaticity of what you've learned (not 'think' too much), and remember to breath.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ending factory farming as soon as possible

    18 January 2019

      

    80000 hours

    Every year tens of billions of animals are raised in terrible conditions in factory farms before being killed for human consumption. Despite the enormous scale of suffering this causes, the issue is largely neglected, with only about $50 million dollars spent each year tackling the problem globally.

    This was a great (reuploaded) episode of the 80000 hours podcast. It looked at what ways animal advocacy is making progress. There are some surprising results there. One is that campaigning companies can be very effective (versus campaigning individual choices). It showed that pressuring one industry after another can have a great positive impact on animal welfare.

    There is some discussion about which animals are conscious and I would love to dive deeper into that (and better find out what I think is where the 'line' of consciousness lies).

    Listen to the episode

  • Generation Wealth

    17 January 2019

      

    Documentary

    Lauren Greenfield examines materialism, celebrity culture, and social status and reflects on the desire to be wealthy at any cost. This visual history of the growing obsession with wealth uses first-person interviews in Los Angeles, Moscow, Dubai, China and around the world to bear witness to the global boom-and-bust economy, and to document its complicated consequences.

    I found this a very interesting take on the addiction to money and status. The focus is on America and I guess that country has gone the furthest. It's good as a refreshed and to be reminded to be really be a minimalist and wanted to live (very well) within my means.

    Watch the trailer

  • Digital Capitalism

    17 January 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Douglas Rushkoff about the state of the digital economy.

    Douglas believes (I think quite correctly) that there is something special about human connections and the interaction between us. It's something we can't bring back to algorithms that are the ones that Facebook runs. He also states that neuroscientists don't fully know what consciousness is and I think that is also true. Yet at the same time I do believe that many of our human behaviours are not that special. I think we understand a larger and larger part. But that doesn't justify that we (read, large corporations) hack our biological system for their gain. I think I have quite the agency (not to be confused with free will) over what I want/do, but I can understand that even I'm influenced by my environment.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Punchline

    16 January 2019

      

    Radiolab

    John Scott was the professional hockey player that every fan loved to hate. A tough guy. A brawler. A goon. But when an impish pundit named Puck Daddy called on fans to vote for Scott to play alongside the world’s greatest players in the NHL All-Star Game, Scott found himself facing off against fans, commentators, and the powers that be. Was this the realization of Scott’s childhood dreams? Or a nightmarish prank gone too far? Today on Radiolab, a goof on a goon turns into a parable of the agony and the ecstasy of the internet, and democracy in the age of Boaty McBoatface.

    Sportmanship, fighting the large institution and fandom, this episode has it all and you will not regret listening to it.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ross and Carrie and the Homeopathic Overdose: The Watered Down Edition

    16 January 2019

      

    Oh No Ross and Carrie

    In this episode, Ross and Carrie together take 280 homeopathic pills live on the air, chase them with wine, and discuss their first visit to a combination homeopath and Ayurvedic practitioner. Will Ross and Carrie survive the overdose? Will Ross’ fatigue be cured? Will Carrie’s headaches go away? And will Ayurveda permit hot drinks?! Find out in this one-of-a-kind episode!

    What I liked is that they did take the session very seriously and at the same time were vigilant about what they we're being told. Again I don't believe there is much more to this than 'normal' medicine and that advice like eating garlic is legit, but I think (know) you don't need a certain Vata type for it.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ross and Carrie Cure Clubfoot: Essential Oils Edition

    16 January 2019

      

    Oh No Ross and Carrie

    When we started getting requests for investigations, we had no idea how many we would get for the quaint world of essential oils. But after about two dozen requests, we finally checked into this smelly enterprise, attending an oil party (not how it sounds), and learning which oils to use to cure lupus, whooping cough, club foot, and more. Listen as we use oils to treat Carrie for her headaches and broken arm, Ross for his acne and sore shoulder, and special guest star and comedian Drew Spears, for his cerebral palsy. Is everyone cured? Maybe, maybe not, but they sure stink.

    As mentioned below, a dive into essential oils. Alas, Drew still has cerebral palsy.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ross and Carrie Vape Essential Oils: MONQ Edition

    16 January 2019

      

    Oh No Ross and Carrie

    Sure, essential oils smell nice and cure clubfoot when applied topically (or so we’ve been told)… but what if you atomize the oils and pass their tiny molecules through your nasal passages? Ross and Carrie enlist the help of Jesse Thorn and Jordan Morris to see if vaping with the MONQ Therapeutic Air Device can make them healthy, vibrant, zen, happy, sleepy, and bashful.

    Conclusion: It smelled nice, but it didn't do anything. There is no pathway for it to 'work', except placebo. As a side-note I wrote a very long email to a friend who is involved with such a company and I hope that it helped her think critically about her choice to promote such a product (not only focussed on the effect, but also on the MLM aspect of the company).

    Listen to the episode

  • Backdoors to Glass Houses

    14 January 2019

      

    Common Sense

    Experts have said that we are heading towards a future where privacy is dead. Do humans have any say in the matter? Dan talks encryption, personal security vs collective security, and dreams he has.

    Say goodbye to privacy, public security has taken the lead. It's interesting to hear Dan talk about it and to listen to his considerations, real-life examples and to then ponder on what you yourself can do (you can do some personal protection, but it's pretty bad). The example he used his also very good, here is the setup: A thousand of the most powerful/influential people get all their data exposed, will this change the balance?

    Listen to the episode

  • This is Marketing (book 5)

    14 January 2019

     

         

    This book brings together the lessons that Seth has been teaching in his course 'The Marketing Seminar'. He stresses that you need to see the customer, to understand him or her, and to intelligently serve them better.

    There are no lessons about which program to use, how to do analytics or anything like that. The lessons revolve around understanding who you are serving, why, and what. I think it can be summarised as on the back of the book "People like us do things like this." Seth has a deep understanding of human psychology and this book is a perfect example of how he uses this to make marketing better.

    Read the full review

  • Supernova in the East II

    14 January 2019

      

    Hardcore History

    The Asia-Pacific War of 1937-1945 has deep roots. It also involves a Japanese society that’s been called one of the most distinctive on Earth. If there were a Japanese version of Captain America, this would be his origin story.

    Just wow, another great episode. And since I've not mentioned Hardcore History here before, it's the best history podcast out there. Dan is a fan of history, an amateur historian (in the best way possible). His storytelling skills are unbelievable and the research is also at another level. Please take a listen to this episode or another one from earlier.

    Listen to the episode

  • Power Moves

    13 January 2019

     

         

    This 'book' was made for Audible (Amazon) and I think I can best describe it as 5 long-form podcast episodes mashed together. A bit of Tim Ferriss and a bit of Masters of Scale. The stories are good, but I don't think it dives very deep.

    One lesson from it is that power is moving down, that people get more of a say. And I might agree with this, but at the same time there is still a lot of power at the top and money still moves most things. But if I look at it optimistically, then yes, I can see the power moving.

    Read the full review

  • Greg McKeown — How to Master Essentialism

    12 January 2019

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Greg McKeown is the author of the New York Times bestseller, Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less and the founder of McKeown, Inc, a company with a mission to teach Essentialism to millions of people around the world. Their clients include Adobe, Apple, Airbnb, Cisco, Google, Facebook, Pixar, Salesforce.com, Symantec, Twitter, VMware and Yahoo!, among others. Greg is an accomplished public speaker and has spoken to hundreds of audiences around the world, and in 2012, he was named a Young Global Leader by the World Economic Forum.

    “If you don’t prioritize your life, someone else will.” — Greg McKeown

    One thing I took away from this episode is that you need (at least according to Greg) a bold vision. One that encompasses not only your life, but one that looks forward into the future. Your grandkids might (probably) not remember your name, but can they recognize the world you will leave behind. And with this bold vision, then you can decide what is essential. And stop doing the things that are bad, and also the things that are merely good.

    Listen to the episode

  • Hacking the World Bank

    12 January 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    Jim Yong Kim has an unorthodox background for a World Bank president — and his reign has been just as unorthodox. He has just announced he’s stepping down, well before his term is over; we recorded this interview with him in 2015.

    It's great to listen to this humble man speak about his life, career, and vision for the World Bank. I don't know anything about why he is stepping down from the World Bank at this moment, but I can agree with most, if not all, things he says in this positive and encouraging interview.

    Listen to the episode

  • Why Is This Man Running for President?

    10 January 2019

      

    Freakonomics

    In the American Dream sweepstakes, Andrew Yang was a pretty big winner. But for every winner, he came to realize, there are thousands upon thousands of losers — a “war on normal people,” he calls it. Here’s what he plans to do about it.

    It's interesting to see what Andrew has to say. I won't go into the episode too deep, but one thing I took away was a line about his candicacy, that he might be going for Vice President if he doesn't become the President. I think that's a good view (especially if your odds are 4000 to 1). And it will be interesting to see what will happen in America at that time, yet I also feel like I shouldn't bother myself too much with it (because it's outside my control and will also not directly influence me beside things I will know about later anyway).

    Listen to the episode

  • Let Your Customers be Your Scouts

    08 January 2019

      

    Masters of Scale

    Eventbrite's Julia Hartz knows: The constant roar of customer feedback holds all the secrets to your success – if you learn how to read the signs. Julia made rapid response to user feedback the driving force behind Eventbrite’s strategy, as it grew from a simple ticketing app to a full-service platform for event creators.

    Listen to customers (duh), and learn (by doing) how to find what is really actionable and could improve your product. Julia went extreme and talked with most customers in the beginning. This let Eventbrite find what other things they could do (e.g. physical products to help events move people in faster). And now she gets together different parts of the company (e.g. customer service and technical team) and process feedback together so they can keep on improving.

    Listen to the episode

  • LSoulCycle: Julie Rice & Elizabeth Cutler

    08 January 2019

      

    How I Built This

    Before Elizabeth Cutler and Julie Rice met, they shared a common belief: New York City gyms didn't have the kind of exercise classes they craved, and each of them wanted to change that. A fitness instructor introduced them over lunch in 2005, and before the meal was done they were set on opening a stationary bike studio, with a chic and aspirational vibe. A few months later, the first SoulCycle opened in upper Manhattan. Today, SoulCycle has cultivated a near-tribal devotion among its clients, with studios across the United States and Canada.

    This story is a bit different from others. One, they had (at least from one side) had more investment than I think regularly come with the founders themselves. And two, the product is really a luxery product. You don't need an expensive cycling class but it can of course really make your life even more enjoyable. The story is about building the tribe, about working together, and about doing some things that aren't scaleable.

    Listen to the episode

  • Sophie's World

    05 January 2019

     

         

    What a book! Written for children (of all ages) and a great way to learn more about philosophy.

    Together with Sophie, you take a journey through history. You learn from the Greeks, from Kierkegaard, and most of all from the conversations between Sophie and her mysterious philosophy teacher.

    Read the full review

  • The Messy Middle

    05 January 2019

     

         

    Although I liked his conversation on the Tim Ferris Show, the book didn't really entice me.

    Read the full review

  • The Black Cloud

    04 January 2019

     

         

    A good sci-fi book that explores both human politics and another way a consciousness can be. One thing I was most suprised by were the strong characters and how the interaction between the human 'factions' played out.

    Read the full review

  • The Information War

    03 January 2019

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Renée DiResta about Russia’s “Internet Research Agency” and its efforts to amplify conspiracy thinking and partisan conflict in the United States.

    And it's bad, very bad. With zero strategy on the side of the United States and social platforms amplifying messages and groups that are made to grow people apart, it seems that the goals of the IRA were achieved. Also listen to this earlier episode with Anne Applebaum.

    Listen to the episode

  • 2019 Yearly Themes

    02 January 2019

      

    Cortex

    Grey has a theme for 2019, Myke has two themes for 2019, and they both discuss why Yearly Themes are important to them.

    It was fun listening to them talk about their themes and how it has helped them get some guidance. And of course it was fun listening to this after having just made my own theme and goals.

    Listen to the episode

  • Public Commitment 2019

    02 January 2019

      

    Article

    A look forward to 2019 and the goals I've set for the new year

    Read the article

  • Algorithms to Live By

    01 January 2019

     

         

    Algorithms to Live By is a very enjoyable and applicable book by Brian Christian and Tom Griffiths that explores how we can use knowledge from computer science to guide decisions in our lives. I finished the book a little while ago, but plan to make headway today on the review.

    Read the full review

  • Recap of 2018

    01 January 2019

      

    Article

    Here I look back to 2018 and reflect on the year and the goals I set for myself.

    Read the article

  • Patrick Collison — CEO of Stripe

    29 December 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Patrick Collison is chief executive officer and co-founder of Stripe, a technology company that builds economic infrastructure for the internet. After experiencing firsthand how difficult it was to set up an online business, Patrick and his brother John started Stripe in 2010. Their goal was to make accepting payments on the internet simpler and more inclusive. Today, Stripe powers millions of online businesses around the world.

    “If people around you don’t think what you’re doing is a bit strange, maybe it’s not strange enough.” — Patrick Collison

    It was great listening to this episode where you really get a look into the mind of a great entrepreneur. See the below for the many books mentioned in the episode. One fun fact from the episode is around naming your company (says a person who named his company Queal), Stripe first was named SlashDevSlashFinance and although it wasn't good (it was bad) they did business and there is always time later to find the perfect name.

    Listen to the episode

  • Winning at the Great Game

    29 December 2018

      

    The Knowledge Project

    Today on the podcast I welcome author, educator, and hedge fund advisor, Adam Robinson. If you don’t know who Adam is, let me give you a little background. He is the man who cracked the SAT before co-founding The Princeton Review and in fact, wrote the only test preparation book to become a New York Times best seller.

    One of the problems with self-help books is they rivet your attention on exactly the one thing it ought not to be focused on: yourself. You look at any of the great religious traditions, and the great philosophers, and the great poets, they all had the same message of focusing on others, and being of service to others. I think the people who are going on search to “find themselves,” will never find themselves. You find yourself only in the midst of others.

    Hmm, this was a long conversation that did contain value, but I think it wasn't the perfect one for me.

    Listen to the episode

  • Real 4-Hour Workweek Case Studies

    29 December 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Benedict Dohmen and Santiago Nestares of Benitago Group, both 21, met as computer science students at Dartmouth College. Both worked very long hours in the library and suffered from back pain. They began collaborating on a prototype for a product that ended up being called the Supportiback, gathering feedback from members of the Dartmouth community, including a local hospital president and professors and students studying engineering and medicine. They launched the product on Amazon in the UK, and when it seemed their first small order was in danger of selling out quickly, they arranged financing from their supplier and were off and running. Since then, they’ve entered the US market on Amazon, and are on track for nine-figure revenue in 2019. They have introduced 120 consumer products, and are trying to become an alternative to big consumer products companies through a strategy of applying their successful scale-up strategies to brands they acquire.

    Pff, sometimes you hear the story of someone else and think "They are just at another level." I'm inspired by the story of these entrepreneurs and how they have been able to use customer feedback, good processes and some computer science to build a very successful business. One lesson I took away (again) was to focus on The One Thing that matters.

    Listen to the episode

  • Feed 8 Billion People Through a Nuclear Winter

    29 December 2018

      

    80000 hours

    “If a nuclear winter or asteroid impact blocked the sun for years, our inability to grow food would result in billions dying of starvation, right? According to Dr David Denkenberger, co-author of Feeding Everyone No Matter What: no. If he’s to be believed, nobody need starve at all. Even without the sun, David sees the Earth as a bountiful food source. Mushrooms farmed on decaying wood. Bacteria fed with natural gas. Fish and mussels supported by sudden upwelling of ocean nutrients – and many more.”

    “I am quite optimistic, because even though some of these solutions might not work out as well as I think they might, we do have quite a bit of redundancy in the system, that is, when I analyzed the food sources individually, many of them could increase up to feeding everyone fairly quickly even in one year.”

    How great is it that we live in a time when someone can seriously think about this topic and come up with optimistic answers. Although I knew almost nothing about this topic coming in, I learned quite a lot and enjoyed how David explained everything very thoroughly.

    Listen to the episode

  • David Deutsch on the Infinite Reach of Knowledge

    28 December 2018

      

    TED Interview

    It can be easy to believe that humans are insignificant. We're specks of dust on a random planet in a vast universe. Less powerful than elephants. Fewer than ants. But David Deutsch believes that's all beside the point, because humans possess one unique skill: attaining knowledge. David Deutsch -- Oxford professor, father of quantum computing, recluse -- convinced Chris Anderson years ago to take over leadership of TED with his ideas about knowledge. In this mind-bending conversation, the two dive into his theory that the potential reach of knowledge is infinite. They explore how knowledge first developed, why it sets us apart and what all of these heady concepts really mean for our present and future.

    This was a bit more of a repetition of what I've heard/read before (see below), but still very interesting and always great to hear Chris Anderson interview.

    Listen to the episode

  • Surviving the Cosmos

    27 December 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris talks to physicist David Deutsch about the reach and power of human knowledge, the future of artificial intelligence, and the survival of civilization.

    At the moment I'm reading The Beginning of Infinity by David Deutsch and have chosen to listen to some podcast episodes with him in it (see above). The conversation with Sam is very interesting and I think they agree on most things. What I really like is how David is very clear in his thinking and explaining and I hope to finish his book in the near future.

    Listen to the episode

  • Your Plan B Needs a Plan B

    21 December 2018

      

    Masters of Scale

    Nancy Lublin knows: To succeed as an entrepreneur, you need grit. But grit isn't just charging up the same hill over and over. It's generating an endless supply of Plans B. And Nancy always has a Plan B, and C, and D. Her grit fueled her success scaling three not-for-profits: Dress for Success, DoSomething.org and Crisis Text Line.

    In this episode I liked how she separated grit from just plain persistance. You need to keep on going, again and again, but do it smart!

    Listen to the episode

  • Apologetic

    21 December 2018

      

    Radiolab

    How do you fix a word that’s broken? A word we need when we bump into someone on the street, or break someone’s heart. In our increasingly disconnected secular world, “sorry” has been stretched and twisted, and in some cases weaponized. But it’s also one of the only ways we have to piece together a sense of shared values and beliefs. Through today's sea of sorry-not-sorries, empty apologies, and just straight up non-apologies, we wonder what it looks like to make amends.

    Listen to the episode

  • A Year's Worth of Education

    21 December 2018

      

    80000 hours

    “…when we looked at the cost effectiveness of education programs, there were a ton of zeros, and there were a ton of zeros on the things that we spend most of our money on. So more teachers, more books, more inputs, like smaller class sizes – at least in the developing world – seem to have no impact, and that’s where most government money gets spent.”

    “Two programs that come out as spectacularly effective… well, the first is just rearranging kids in a class. You have to test the kids, so that you can put the kids who are performing at grade two level in the grade two class, and the kids who are performing at grade four level in the grade four class, even if they’re different ages – and they learn so much better. So that’s why it’s so phenomenally cost effective because, it really doesn’t cost anything. The other one is providing information. So sending information over the phone [for example about how much more people earn if they do well in school and graduate]. So these really small nudges. Now none of those nudges will individually transform any kid’s life, but they are so cheap that you get these fantastic returns on investment – and we do very little of that kind of thing.”

    This episode is another good example of how the EA mindset helps you to find the most effective ways to do good and what things that seem good (like smaller classes) actually have little to no impact.

    Listen to the episode

  • How To Keep it Simple While Scaling Big

    19 December 2018

      

    Masters of Scale

    Scott Harrison is the founder and CEO of the nonprofit Charity: Water, which has funded 30,000 water projects across 26 countries, bringing clean water to eight and a half million people. He’s the author of the book THIRST.

    He was able to tell his own story of transformation, and to let other people tell stories about water. First with their birthdays, then when that got saturated he pivoted to letting people become 'subscribers' and give to Charity: Water every month. So, always tell a story and learn this by doing it.

    Listen to the episode

  • Dr. Peter Attia vs. Tim Ferriss

    18 December 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Dr. Peter Attia is a former ultra-endurance athlete (e.g., swimming races of 25 miles), a compulsive self-experimenter, and one of the most fascinating human beings I know. He is one of my go-to doctors for anything performance or longevity-related. He is also easily the best quarterback and sherpa for the US medical system I’ve ever met.

    This is another great episode in which they discuss a lot around psychedelic (and other) substances and how they can have a positive impact. I love to learn more about where the research is now and they also mention that they need more done on the policy side in Europe.

    Listen to the episode

  • Live Episode! Dollar Shave Club: Michael Dubin

    17 December 2018

      

    How I Built This

    At the end of 2010, Michael Dubin was working in marketing when he met a guy named Mark Levine at a holiday party. Mark was looking for ideas to get rid of a massive pile of razors he had sitting in a California warehouse. Michael's spontaneous idea for an internet razor subscription service grew into Dollar Shave Club, and his background in improv helped him make a viral video to generate buzz for the new brand. Just five years after launch, Unilever acquired Dollar Shave Club for a reported $1 billion.

    A nice episode that tells the story of Dollar Shave Club, it's great to know what was behind the viral video and where it's going.

    Listen to the episode

  • Conquering Hate

    11 December 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Deeyah Khan about her groundbreaking films “Jihad” and “White Right.” They discuss her history as a target of religious intolerance, her adventures with neo-Nazis and other white supremacists, the similarities between extremist groups, the dangers of political correctness, and other topics.

    It's good to listen to Sam agree on a lot of points and also disagree on how to precisely conquer hate. What I really appreciated is how Deeyah Khan uses conversation and humanisation to connect people who 1) don't know each other, and 2) hate someone for some black and white idea and fall through completely after making a true connection.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Vulnerable World Hypothesis

    09 December 2018

      

    Article

    Another great article by Nick Bostrom in which he argues for something I've heard a few times before in the Effective Altruism community. He states that because of technological progress the world has become more fragile and that a smaller actor (a person instead of a government) with bad intentions can do a greater harm. And preventing it could be very tough. Here is the summary.

    Scientific and technological progress might change people’s capabilities or incentives in ways that would destabilize civilization. For example, advances in DIY biohacking tools might make it easy for anybody with basic training in biology to kill millions; novel military technologies could trigger arms races in which whoever strikes first has a decisive advantage; or some economically advantageous process may be invented that produces disastrous negative global externalities that are hard to regulate. This paper introduces the concept of a vulnerable world: roughly, one in which there is some level of technological development at which civilization almost certainly gets devastated by default, i.e. unless it has exited the “semi-anarchic default condition”. Several counterfactual historical and speculative future vulnerabilities are analyzed and arranged into a typology. A general ability to stabilize a vulnerable world would require greatly amplified capacities for preventive policing and global governance. The vulnerable world hypothesis thus offers a new perspective from which to evaluate the risk-benefit balance of developments towards ubiquitous surveillance or a unipolar world order.

    Read the article

  • Dr. Andrew Weil — Optimal Health, Plant Medicine, and More

    08 December 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Andrew Weil, M.D. (@DrWeil) is a world-renowned leader and pioneer in the field of integrative medicine. Dr. Weil received a degree in biology (botany) from Harvard College in 1964 and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School in 1968. After completing a medical internship at Mt. Zion Hospital in San Francisco, he worked a year with the National Institute of Mental Health, then wrote his first book, The Natural Mind. From 1971-75, as a Fellow of the Institute of Current World Affairs, Dr. Weil traveled widely in North and South America and Africa collecting information on drug use in other cultures, medicinal plants, and alternative methods of treating disease. From 1971-84 he was on the research staff of the Harvard Botanical Museum and conducted investigations of medicinal and psychoactive plants.

    Just wow, this guy really seems to know what he is talking about. He is well-versed in the scientific method and knows how to work with scientific knowledge, people, politics, and even business. The only negative/questionable thing I can say is that he refutes the scientific method somewhere along the conversation and argues for more intuition. And while I get this feeling and I also think there are good things out there that we haven't done great double-blind placebo-controlled test on (and maybe on some we can't really, think psychedelics), I do believe that it is what we should strive for. Better knowledge, not more intuition.

    That being said, I do see myself reading one of his books in the future.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Andromeda Strain

    07 December 2018

     

         

    I liked this sci-fi book, The Andromeda Strain, by Michael Crichton (who also wrote Jurassic Park) as it's a short book that explores a new idea in a novel way. The book is about an extraterrestrial virus/life-form that they have to study to know how to deal with it. There is enough tension in the book, enough good thinking, and some good science. The conversation/writing isn't the best ever but still very decent.

    Read the full review

  • Algorithms to Live by

    06 December 2018

      

    80000 hours

    "We tend to think of deciding whether to commit to a partner, or where to go out for dinner, as uniquely and innately human problems. The message of the book is simply: they are not. In fact they correspond – really precisely in some cases – to some of the fundamental problems of computer science."

    I've ordered the book and I think the examples in the podcast were great. We as humans are quite good as intuitive mathematicians, but there are some good ways in which we can improve our decision making. The algorithms/frameworks from this podcast can very well be a way to do this!

    Listen to the episode

  • ActOne Group: Janice Bryant Howroyd

    04 December 2018

      

    How I Built This

    In the late 1970s Janice Bryant Howroyd moved to Los Angeles and began temping as a secretary. She soon realized there were many other young people in situations similar to hers. So with $1,500 in her pocket, Janice rented an office in Beverly Hills and created the staffing company ACT-1. Today, ActOne Group is an international workforce management company, making Janice Bryant Howroyd the first African-American woman to own a billion-dollar business.

    Janice learned a lot from being with her family. The way to interact with others, to have manner, to work together. She has worked very hard and when asked what percentage is luck, she says it's almost none. I think that is good to hear sometimes (a lot of times entrepreneurs answer that they were in the right place at the right time, at least as part of their answer). Because she had to overcome a lot of obstacles, and she persevered.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Better Angels of Our Nature

    01 December 2018

     

         

    Optimism, data, and a boat-load of history. This book is most probably the opus magnus of Steven Pinker. In it he argues (convincingly) that we're living in the best time ever. And that earlier times (even 20 years ago, but certainly everything before that too) were very, very bad. Rape, murder, genocide, infanticide, starvation, and all other horrible things come to pass. So prepare your stomache, and read to the end to also learn about the positive side of all this.

    Read the full review

  • High Output Management

    01 December 2018

     

         

    High Output Management by Andrew Grove is one of the management classics, and rightly so. The main insight I took away from the book is that the output of a manager is the output of his team/whom he influences. This sheds new light on the usability of meetings, what the impact is of decisions, and how you should plan.

    Read the full review

  • Should America Be Run by … Trader Joe’s?

    30 November 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    The quirky little grocery chain with California roots and German ownership has a lot to teach all of us about choice architecture, efficiency, frugality, collaboration, and team spirit.

    It is great to listen to a story about a shop (or any company) that is doing things the other way. They don't advertise, they train their personnel more on people skills than cashier skills. This story takes a quick look at the success of Traders Joe.

    Listen to the episode

  • Lyft's John Zimmer At The HIBT Summit

    29 November 2018

      

    How I Built This

    John sat down with Guy Raz in front of a live audience in San Francisco last month to talk about Lyft's visions for the future of transportation – and their fierce competition with Uber.

    He is focussed on his mission and I think the way they look at the problem (transportation) is great. In the talk he speaks about working with his co-founder (they didn't know each other before) and about what competition does (next to being sometimes negative, it also encourages innovation).

    Listen to the episode

  • Live Episode! Glossier: Emily Weiss

    28 November 2018

      

    How I Built This

    In 2010, while working as a fashion assistant at Vogue, Emily Weiss started a beauty blog called Into The Gloss. She quickly attracted a following of devoted readers hooked on the blog's intimate snapshots of style makers' beauty routines. Within a few years, Emily realized her readers were hungry for a new beauty brand, one that listened to them directly, and understood their lives. Without any prior business experience, she won over investors and found the perfect chemist to create Glossier, a line of beauty and skincare products with a focus on simplicity. Today, just four years after launch, Glossier is valued at an estimated $400 million.

    Building a relations with her customers is what Emily has done very gracefully. I think that is something I can also keep in mind for those moments that we're thinking of using other platforms etc to sell Queal on.

    Listen to the episode

  • De Verborgen Impact / The Hidden Impact

    25 November 2018

     

         

    "We as Western consumers have much more impact than we think. Not only in our daily activities in and around the house or weekly at the gas pump but mostly on the other side of the world, by making and transporting the things we buy and use daily. We as consumers ultimately pay for that hidden impact and we keep the system in position. This book shows you how it is, so you can exert a positive influence."

    I read this book over the summer and left myself a note to make a summary. Here it is.

    • Much of the impact we have on the world is hidden. We usually don't see the production of our products and when thinking of sustainability many only consider what is right in front of us.
    • On average, buying stuff and eating meat have the largest (hidden + visible) impact.
    • Flying also has a large impact and by flying multiple times a year, it might even be your biggest contributor.
    • Compensating can sometimes be good, but prevention is almost always better!

    Read the full review

  • The Keys to the Mind

    24 November 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Derren Brown about his work as a “psychological illusionist.” They discuss the power of hypnosis, the power of expectations, the usefulness of Stoic philosophy, and other topics.

    Although this episode was more of a conversation among friends, it did reveal some truths about human beings. We are very much influenced by our environment (and maybe even fully if you go to the logical extreme). Time to watch some Derren Brown!

    Listen to the episode

  • Narconomics

    22 November 2018

     

         

    "How does a budding cartel boss succeed (and survive) in the 300 billion illegal drug business? By learning from the best, of course. From creating brand value to fine-tuning customer service, the folks running cartels have been attentive students of the strategy and tactics used by corporations such as Walmart, McDonald's, and Coca-Cola."

    It's great to see that by taking an economics lense and looking at the business of drugs, you get very different recommendations than from what you hear politicians subscribe to. The parralels with other international businesses are limitless and the way to better deal with these can be found in the pages of the book. Here are the four conclusions from the end.

    • The singular obsession with supply rather than demand. As we’ve seen illegal drug prices do not rise markedly when production is squeezed. When prices do rise, consumption does not necessarily drop. So supply-side enforcement simply does not make a strong dent in the illegal drug business.
    • Early investment in drug enforcement and jailing but not on the rehabilitation and reintegration of users and others in the supply chain.
    • National strategies cannot combat a global problem; a problem similar to the on-going challenge of terrorism. (the cockroach or balloon problem)
    • Prohibition does not equal control of a problem.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • Won't You Be My Neighbor?

    21 November 2018

      

    Documentary

    An amazing documentary about a man who wanted to teach all the kids in the world that they are worth it. That they are loved for who they are.

    I encourage you to watch this. It moves you, it makes you chuggle, it delights.

    One thing I took away was this: 143. This was the weight that Mr. Rogers was for most of his adult life. And it also stands for I (1), love (4), you (3). Wow! Just a few days ago I heard someone describe what his life goals are, he said 'love and curiosity'. If anyone is an embodiment of that, it's Mr. Rogers.

    Watch the trailer

  • A.J. Jacobs - Gratitude

    16 November 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    A.J. Jacobs takes over the show for a special episode. A.J. is a kindred guinea pig of self-experimentation who chronicles his shenanigans in books that seem to keep winding up as New York Times best sellers. The Know-It-All was about his quest to learn everything in the world. In The Year of Living Biblically, he tried to follow all the rules of the Bible as literally as possible. Drop Dead Healthy followed his well- (and ill-) advised experiments to become the healthiest person alive. My Life as an Experiment is about exactly what it sounds like, and It’s All Relative aimed to connect all of humanity in one family tree.

    His latest book, Thanks a Thousand: A Gratitude Journey, chronicles his journey around the world to personally thank everyone along the supply chain who makes his morning cup of coffee a possibility: the farmer of the coffee beans, the barista, the designer of the logo for the coffee, the truck driver who transported the coffee beans, the guy who painted the yellow lines on the road so the truck wouldn’t veer into traffic, the inventor of the cardboard sleeve that goes around the coffee cup (aka the paper zarf) so you don’t burn your fingers, and on and on.

    “It’s easier to act your way in to an new way of thinking than to think your way to a new way of acting.”

    Listen to the episode

  • Success Academy

    16 November 2018

      

    StartUp

    Eva Moskowitz wants to fix a really big problem. There are over a million kids in New York City’s public schools. Most can’t read or do math at grade level. Many won’t graduate on time. And it’s largely poor, black and brown kids who are stuck in the lowest performing schools. Eva’s the founder and CEO of Success Academy, the subject of this season of StartUp. And she’s actually making progress.

    I'm now two episodes in and it's a great listen. It's a story about changing the system, about doing it your own way and achieving success (and fighting resistance). Go give it a listen and check out the archive of the StartUp podcast.

    Update: At 4 episodes still very much worth the listen! Change is hard, and although I don't know that this is the best system for everyone, Eva Moskowitz is truly bringing (positive) change to the American educational system.

    Listen to the episode

  • DoorDash: Tony Xu

    15 November 2018

      

    How I Built This

    In 2013, Tony Xu was brainstorming ideas for a business school project when he identified a problem he wanted to solve: food delivery. For most restaurants, it was too costly and inefficient, leaving most of the market to pizza and Chinese. Tony and his partners believed they could use technology to connect customers to drivers, who would deliver meals in every imaginable cuisine. That idea grew into DoorDash, a company that's now delivered over 100 million orders from over 200,000 restaurants across the country.

    In the beginning they did things that are not scalable. And even to this day they keep an ear to the ground and everyone in the company delivers one time in the month. I like Tony's vision of empowering local businesses and altough I don't know anything about DoorDash aside from this interview, he sounded genuine and seems to have a clear vision of where the space is going.

    Listen to the episode

  • Bonus Episode! Rent The Runway's Jenn Hyman At The HIBT Summit

    15 November 2018

      

    How I Built This

    The first bonus episode from the How I Built This Summit features Jenn Hyman, co-founder of Rent The Runway, a designer clothing rental service that pulls in $100 million a year. When Jenn sat down with Guy Raz for a live interview at the Summit in San Francisco, she shared her long term strategy for launching the company in phases, plus her advice for aspiring entrepreneurs.

    What I loved was that she already planned for the future. She saw the trend of not owning things and renting it (e.g. Uber) and at the same time pitched her investors also on the opportunity in front of them (renting dresses). And now she wants to take the company to a 100 billion valuation, renting many of your clothes (even work clothes, and the average amount of days a user is active... 140 days!).

    Listen to the episode

  • Addiction, Depression, and a Meaningful Life

    15 November 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Johann Hari about his books Chasing the Scream and Lost Connections. He was twice named “Newspaper Journalist of the Year” by Amnesty International UK. He has written for The New York Times, The Los Angeles Times, and others. His TED talk, “Everything You Think You Know About Addiction Is Wrong,” has more than 20 million views.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Open Office is Terrible

    15 November 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    It began as a post-war dream for a more collaborative and egalitarian workplace. It has evolved into a nightmare of noise and discomfort. Can the open office be saved, or should we all just be working from home?

    Stephen asks what works in the office. One surprising finding is that the open office leads to less in-person conversations (but more email collaboration). And in the end they conclude that it really depends on what your unique situation is and what you would need. Just don't let costs be your only guide.

    Listen to the episode

  • Rocket Surgery Made Easy

    15 November 2018

     

         

    The book is split into two parts. The first part is called “Finding Usability Problems”. It’s all about the usability test: how to go about planning it, recruiting testers and finally conducting it. The second part, “Fixing Usability Problems”, covers debriefing after the test and what your next steps should be – i.e. what you should actually do with the information you’ve collected.

    It took a while before I started this book, but today I finished it on one go. For our team I've written out what steps to take and what things to focus on. We will conduct an usability test each month and use the insights to continuously update (read: tweak) our website to become better and better.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • Ball Lightning

    14 November 2018

     

         

    On his fourteenth birthday, right before his eyes, Chen's parents are incinerated by a blast of ball lightning.Striving to make sense of this bizarre tragedy, he dedicates his life to a single goal: to unlock the secrets of this enigmatic natural phenomenon. His pursuit of ball lightning will take him far from home, across mountain peaks chasing storms and deep into highly classified subterranean laboratories as he slowly unveils a new frontier in particle physics.

    This is yet another weird and wonderful book by Lui Cixin. Just like the Three Body Problem (triology) it takes an extreme version of a phenomonem and sees where the story takes us. It's closer to Earth and doesn't go out there like the other books, but still is very interesting to read. It wouldn't make my sci-fi top 10, but nonetheless a very pleasant book.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • Could a drug prevent depression and PTSD?

    12 November 2018

      

    TED Talk

    The talk starts with tuberculosis as an example. There a treatment didn't work, but made people happier. It was the first anti-depressant.

    Depression is the leading cause of dissability (above war, above malaria). And so we are keen on finding another drug to treat it. Here are some excerpts from the TED Talk. First found via Tim Ferriss' newsletter.

    And that means now, in 2016, we still have no cures for any mood disorders, just drugs that suppress symptoms, which is kind of the difference between taking a painkiller for an infection versus an antibiotic. A painkiller will make you feel better, but is not going to do anything to treat that underlying disease.

    In the past few years, doctors have discovered probably what is the first truly new antidepressant since the SSRIs, Calypsol, and this drug works very quickly, within a few hours or a day, and it doesn't work on serotonin. It works on glutamate, which is another neurotransmitter.

    So we don't know what causes depression, but we do know that stress is the initial trigger in 80 percent of cases, and depression and PTSD are different diseases, but this is something they share in common. Right? It is traumatic stress like active combat or natural disasters or community violence or sexual assault that causes post-traumatic stress disorder, and not everyone that is exposed to stress develops a mood disorder. And this ability to experience stress and be resilient and bounce back and not develop depression or PTSD is known as stress resilience, and it varies between people. And we have always thought of it as just sort of this passive property. It's the absence of susceptibility factors and risk factors for these disorders. But what if it were active? Maybe we could enhance it, sort of akin to putting on armor.

    So we're calling our resilience-enhancing drugs "paravaccines," which means vaccine-like, because it seems like they might have the potential to protect against stress and prevent mice from developing depression and post-traumatic stress disorder.

    As I mentioned before, repurposing can be challenging because of our prior biases. Calypsol has another name, ketamine, which also goes by another name, Special K, which is a club drug and drug of abuse. It's still used across the world as an anesthetic. It's used in children. We use it on the battlefield. It's actually the drug of choice in a lot of developing nations, because it doesn't affect breathing. It is on the World Health Organization list of most essential medicines.

    Watch the TED Talk

    NPR article and meta-analysis in Nature

  • The World According to Garp

    11 November 2018

     

         

    This is the life and times of T. S. Garp, the bastard son of Jenny Fields—a feminist leader ahead of her times. This is the life and death of a famous mother and her almost-famous son; theirs is a world of sexual extremes—even of sexual assassinations. It is a novel rich with "lunacy and sorrow"; yet the dark, violent events of the story do not undermine a comedy both ribald and robust. In more than thirty languages, in more than forty countries—with more than ten million copies in print—this novel provides almost cheerful, even hilarious evidence of its famous last line: "In the world according to Garp, we are all terminal cases."

    It took me a while to finish 'The World According to Garp'. The book was very different from my normal selection (sci-fi and business books). Yet it was very pleasant and delightful. The book touches upon various topics (see above) and is written beautifully. I'm glad I've read this classic.

  • Doug McMillon — CEO of Walmart

    10 November 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Doug McMillon is president and chief executive officer of Walmart, a company that, if it were a country, would be the 25th largest economy in the world. Walmart serves 265 million customers weekly in 27 countries across more than 11,000 stores and online, and the company employs roughly 2.2 million associates worldwide, which would equate to the second largest army in the world (behind China) if it were tasked with defending that 25th largest economy.

    Although the interview was interesting in terms of hearing how Walmart operates, it wasn't as good as many of Tim's other interviews. I think the critical factor here is that McMillon is a CEO of a large company and can't freely speak his mind. So minus one for the ambition of becoming a big-time CEO.

    Listen to the episode

  • America's Hidden Duopoly

    06 November 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    We all know our political system is “broken” — but what if that’s not true? Some say the Republicans and Democrats constitute a wildly successful industry that has colluded to kill off competition, stifle reform, and drive the country apart. So what are you going to do about it?

    Stephen talks to experts and people who want to move the system in a new direction. Not one where all the customers (read: voters) are unhappy, but to one where you have a real choice.

    This episode goes together perfectly with 'Tweak the Vote' just below.

    Listen to the episode

  • Tweak the Vote

    05 November 2018

      

    Radiolab

    Democracy is on the ropes. In the United States and abroad, citizens of democracies are feeling increasingly alienated, disaffected, and powerless. Some are even asking themselves a question that feels almost too dangerous to say out loud: is democracy fundamentally broken?

    Today on Radiolab, just a day before the American midterm elections, we ask a different question: how do we fix it? We scrutinize one proposed tweak to the way we vote that could make politics in this country more representative, more moderate, and most shocking of all, more civil. Could this one surprisingly do-able mathematical fix really turn political campaigning from a rude bloodsport to a campfire singalong? And even if we could do that, would we want to?

    Please listen to the episode. The reporting is amazing, the story is balanced, and it shows a possible way forward for democracy.

    Listen to the episode

  • Seth Godin on How to Say “No,” Market Like a Professional, and Win at Life

    04 November 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Seth Godin is the author of 18 bestselling books that have been translated into more than 35 languages. He was inducted into the Direct Marketing Hall of Fame in 2013 and has founded several companies, including Yoyodyne and Squidoo. His blog (which you can find by typing “Seth” into Google) is one of the most popular in the world.

    I've followed an online course (The Marketing Seminar) from Seth at the beginning of this year and it was a great experience. His follow-up book This Is Marketing is on the way. Some of his other books Purple Cow, Linchpin, and Tribes have passed by my desk.

    This podcast highlights how Seth works and how he thinks about marketing. It's full of examples and great stories. Seth says no a lot and it's good to see how calm he stays, but in pursuing opportunities, as in saying no to non-essentials.

    Listen to the episode

  • Sam Harris - How To Master Your Mind

    03 November 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Sam Harris received a degree in philosophy from Stanford University and a Ph.D in neuroscience from UCLA. Sam is the host of the Waking Up podcast, and he is the author of multiple books including The End of Faith, Letter to a Christian Nation, The Moral Landscape, Free Will, Lying, Waking Up, and Islam and the Future of Tolerance (with Maajid Nawaz). (links to those I've read)

    Sam uses this hour on the podcast to tell more about his philosophy and his new app. I've listened to the app a bit and it's good so far.

    Listen to the episode

  • Scott Belsky - How to Conquer the Messy Middle

    02 November 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Scott Belsky is an entrepreneur, author, investor, Chief Product Officer of Adobe, and venture partner with venture capital firm Benchmark. Scott co-founded Behance in 2006 and served as CEO until Adobe acquired the company in 2012. Millions of people use Behance to display their portfolios, as well as track and find top talent across the creative industries.

    “In the startup world, resources are like carbs. Resourcefulness is like muscle. When you develop it, it actually stays with you and impacts everything you do going forward.”

    One thing a took away from the podcast is that you always have to be curious, to see things from different perspectives. What if you had to do it in 1/10th the time? What if you had unlimited resources? What if having no plan, is the plan (Jack Ma, Alibaba)?

    Listen to the episode

  • Remote: Office Not Required

    01 November 2018

     

         

    What if you want to have the best people working in your company? And you want to have them work with you for a long time? And build a great culture? Jason and David tell us that you can do this remotely. And they make some good points why you can, and maybe should.

    Remote means that people can live their life the way they want to. It means that work still gets done, maybe even better because there is no chance for the cool talkative person to fake his or her way through. And working remote allows you to tap into the global talent pool. How awesome is that.

    The book didn't reach me at the right moment, but it was good to have touched upon the basics and who knows I will leverage this information again some day.

  • How to Apply World-Class Creativity to Business, Art, and Life

    30 October 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Nick Kokonas is the co-owner and co-founder of The Alinea Group of restaurants, which includes Alinea, Next, The Aviary, Roister, and The Aviary NYC. He is also the founder and CEO of Tock, Inc, a reservations and CRM system for restaurants with more than 2.5M diners and clients in more than 20 countries.

    Nick does one thing really, really well. He asks smart questions. Or put another way, he asks stupid questions. He asks why something must cost that much, and then diggs deep to find the root causes. He does this for the costs of publishing a book (and finds out that you're paying for all the failures the publisher has to endure, so better do it yourself). And he finds asks questions like "Why do restaurants, even fancy ones, have table cloths?" (the tables look terrible, so he decides to get good looking wood tables). Through it al he shows remarkable inquisitiveness and a joy for learning.

    Listen to the episode

  • Betterment: Jon Stein

    29 October 2018

      

    How I Built This

    When Jon Stein realized he couldn't stand the sight of blood, he gave up the idea of becoming a doctor. Instead, he went into finance, but soon grew restless with "helping banks make more money." So he decided to build a business where he could help everyday investors make more money: an online service that would use a combination of algorithms and human advisers. Jon launched Betterment at a precarious time — shortly after the financial crash of 2008. But today, the company has roughly 13 billion dollars under management.

    What if we can make a product that takes into account our human psychology (and the heuristics that go wrong) and helps us better manage our money. I like that Jon is a bright man who is doing both something good and making a real business. He is solving a real problem (that he also had himself), and that is one of the ways I think you can build a great business. But, don't forget to user test your product, some functions (like 'facebook for investing') will not work.

    Listen to the episode

  • Hamilton Morris on Better Living Through Chemistry

    25 October 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Hamilton Morris is a writer, documentarian, and scientific researcher who currently studies the chemistry and pharmacology of tryptamines at the University of the Sciences in Philadelphia.

    In the episode Tim and Hamilton discuss many things related to compounds that have a profound effect on us humans. They discuss the chemistry. And what the social implications of them are. Once again I agree that psychedelics can be a force for good. One to-do is to take a look at many of the links mentioned in the talk.

    Listen to the episode

  • Moral Cluelessness and Population Ethics

    24 October 2018

      

    80000 hours

    "You might think, OK, I know that the immediate effects of funding anti-malarial bed nets are positive – I know that I’m going to save lives. But I also know that there are going to be further downstream effects and side-effects of my intervention. For example, effects on the size of future populations. It’s notoriously unclear how to think about the value of future population size, whether it’ll be a good thing to increase population in the short term, or whether that would in the end be a bad thing. There are lots of uncertainties here."

    There were many interesting points discussed in this episode but let's focus on this one. It made me consider that we really don't know much about what impact we will have. We know the very immediate effects of malaria nets but not the long-term effects. And there we have to make some assumptions, and that is ok. We won't know what will happen exactly (and there is a lot of randomness involved there) and that is ok. What I do think is that it has positive effects in the future and that my impact of donating may even be larger than expected/calculated now.

    Listen to the episode

  • Tempur-Pedic: Bobby Trussell

    23 October 2018

      

    How I Built This

    At age 40, Bobby Trussell's promising career in horse racing hit a dead end. With bills to pay and a family to support, he stumbled across a curious product that turned into a lifeline: squishy-squashy memory foam. He jumped at the chance to distribute Swedish memory foam pillows and mattresses to Americans. Tempur-Pedic USA began by selling to chiropractors and specialty stores, providing one of the first alternatives to spring mattresses. Today, the company is one of the largest bedding providers in the world.

    Just like last episode this one was less inspiring than some of the other stories. It's about a person who took an invention and through luck/perserverance made it work. I guess I miss some originality or vision behind it. Something that changes the world significantly and not just makes us sleep better.

    Listen to the episode

  • Live in Toronto with Brian Greene

    23 October 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam speaks with Brian Greene about physics and the implications it has on our world. The conversation touches upon some interesting topics about the many worlds interpretation (which most physicist agree upon) and what we don't know yet about quantum physics. Most interesting were the audience questions in which Sam again didn't show much interest in becoming a vegetarian, whilst in my eyes this seems so simple and necessary.

    Just to expand on that, I have a consequentialist view on this and if maybe there can be happy animals that have a good life, that then it's worth it to eat meat. But that is not the case, at least not for 99%+ of the meat we eat. So I'm very reluctant to even grant anyone the moral right to eat animals and I think being vegetarian is a way to improve the world (also related to carbon emissions).

    Support the podcast to listen to the episode

  • Maximising Economic Growth

    22 October 2018

      

    80000 hours

    Economics Prof Tyler Cowen says our overwhelming priorities should be maximising economic growth and making civilization more stable. He states:

    • Our top moral priority should be preserving and improving humanity’s long-term future
    • The way to do that is to maximise the rate of sustainable economic growth
    • We should respect human rights and follow general principles while doing so

    Another point that touched me, because I think about this sometimes and maybe will take action (i.e. stop drinking alcohol or really limit myself to a few drinks at very limited occasions): "We take it for granted, but so many lives are lost each year, so many careers ruined, so much productivity lost. One of my personal crusades is, we should all be more critical of alcohol. People will pull out a drink and drink in front of their children. The same people would not dream of pulling out a submachine gun and playing with it on the table in front of their kids, but I think it’s more or less the same thing. To a lot of liberals, the drink is okay and the submachine gun is not. I think, if anything, it’s the other way around, and I encourage people to just completely, voluntarily abstain from alcohol and make it a social norm."

    He also makes a point about Black Swan risks: "I see the recurrence of war in human history so frequently, and I’m not completely convinced by Steven Pinker. I agree with Steven Pinker, that the chance of a very violent war indeed has gone down and is going down, maybe every year, but the tail risk is still there. And if you let the clock tick out for a long enough period of time, at some point it will happen. Powerful abilities to manipulate energy also mean powerful weapons, eventually powerful weapons in decentralized hands. I don’t think we know how stable that process is, but again, let the clock tick out, and you should be very worried."

    And lastly, the also speak very positively about Superforecasting (TBD), a book about how to do better predictions.

    Listen to the episode

  • In the No

    22 October 2018

      

    Radiolab

    This series of which I've listened to the first two episodes is about the grey area of sexual consent. What can we do and what not? In what way do you say yes (or no) and when and how do you rescint that consent? All of this in some deep conversations with experts and the Radiolab team.

    One thing that stood out to me is the lack of communication, or the lack of conversation, that people are having. One story is about a boy and a girl who hooked up and midway she didn't want to do this anymore. He stopped, but not quick enough for her. Now he his expelled. Yes the experience was bad for her, but is this not very much removed from the Harvey Weinstein sexual assaults? What is stopping her (and him) from having a honest conversation about what happened? And to shake hands or hug it out? Why do we have to fight each other over things like this?

    I don't have the answers here. But I do think that more conversations is part of the answer. There are some very bad people out there and for bad things they should be punished (if only to disencourage others to do the same), and there is a power imbalance between men and women. But we also shouldn't lose sight of the middle, of the akward dates (e.g. the Aziz Asari incident) and to acknowledge each others feelings and have a conversation.

    Listen to the episode

  • Burning Down the Fouth Estate

    19 October 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Matt Taibbi about the state journalism and the polarization of our politics. They discuss the controversy over Steve Bannon at the New Yorker Festival, monetizing the Trump phenomenon, the Jamal Kashoggi murder, the Kavanaugh hearing, the Rolling Stone reporting on the UVA rape case, the viability of a political center, the 2020 Presidential election, the Russia investigation, our vanishing attention span, and other topics.

    Listen to the episode

  • Alice's Adventures in Wonderland

    18 October 2018

     

         

    I finally took the time to listen to this (surprisingly short) classic of a book. The story is very well written and amazingly timeless (it's from 1865). There are many references to this book and it was nice listening to the original.

    "It tells of a girl named Alice falling through a rabbit hole into a fantasy world populated by peculiar, anthropomorphic creatures. The tale plays with logic, giving the story lasting popularity with adults as well as with children.[2] It is considered to be one of the best examples of the literary nonsense genre.[2][3] Its narrative course, structure, characters, and imagery have been enormously influential[3] in both popular culture and literature, especially in the fantasy genre."

  • Exit Strategy

    17 October 2018

     

         

    This is the final installment of the murderbot diaries. It brings back the story to the beginning and involves more murdering and feelings, many feelings that Murderbot didn't want to feel.

  • It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work

    11 October 2018

     

         

    Why not 5 stars you may ask, aren't you a fan of the Basecamp guys? Yes I am, and that is the main problem. Most of what is in the book is already said on their blog or in Rework already.

    But nonetheless it's a great reminder of how to run a calm company. A company that doesn't induce stress, one that grows slowly (or not at all), one that is profitable, one that is a great place to work. In my review I will take a second swing at the book (this time I listened to it as an audiobook) and get some more detailed notes down.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • method: Adam Lowry & Eric Ryan

    10 October 2018

      

    How I Built This

    In the late 1990s, Adam Lowry and Eric Ryan took on the notion that "green doesn't clean" by setting out to make soap that could clean a bathtub without harming the environment. Adam started experimenting with baking soda, vinegar, and scented oils, while Eric worked on making sleek bottles that looked good on a kitchen counter. Just a few years later, Adam and Eric were selling Method cleaning products in stores throughout the country, after a bold gamble got them on the shelves of Target.

    For one reason or the other, this episode inspired me less than others. Maybe because of the business approach (emptying credit cards) or maybe because I didn't feel what problem they were solving. They did bring more people into buying green, so that is good.

    Listen to the episode

  • AI alignment problem

    07 October 2018

      

    80000 hours

    This episode takes a deep (like 3 hours long) dive into AI and how we can make sure that we make AI that won't kill us (through competence, not perse malice). Here are some things I learned:

    • Paul believes in a relatively slow takeoff of AI, but that already 'dumb' AI (i.e. machine/reinforcement learning) will have widespread impacts.
    • One of the things he mentions here is that you only need 'reptile' intelligence for many tasks. We humans are very smart and smart because we can do diverse things. But arranging an energy grid, playing chess, etc are things a very specialised AI can already do. Many jobs, or parts of jobs, will soon be done cheaper by AI systems.
    • Listening to the podcast made me a bit more positive about the possibility of developing AI in a beneficial way. Paul proposes practical experiments that are being done and can be done in the future. We still have lots of work to do, but it looks like he knows what the concrete problems/experiments are for the coming years.

    Listen to the episode

  • Moneyland

    07 October 2018

      

    Planet Money

    I thoroughly enjoy listening to Planet Money and this episode was no exception. Much of the money (8% or more) is hidden away from the rest of the world. Untaxed, unaccountable. In this story a short look inside the black box.

    Listen to the episode

  • Can This Man Stop a Trade War?

    06 October 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    Stephen Dubner has been able to get quite some big names on his podcast. And today he speaks to no other than the WTO president.

    Although nothing much revolutionary was said I learned a bit more about what the WTO does and I'm glad to know that it's still functioning. Tarifs are really strange things and cooperation seems, to me, to be the key to getting ahead. And discourse, and being open to criticism.

    Listen to the episode

  • Samin Nosrat - Master Creative, Master Teacher

    06 October 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Samin Nosrat is a writer, chef, and teacher who is masterful at turning complexity into simplicity. Her first book, Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat: Mastering the Elements of Good Cooking, is a New York Times bestseller. Samin has been called “The next Julia Child” by NPR’s “All Things Considered,” and she has been cooking professionally since 2000.

    This episode is about much more than cooking. It’s about the creative process, creative highs and lows (and how to push through those lows), rejection, vulnerability, and much more.

    Listen to the episode

  • Nuclear Doomsday Machines

    06 October 2018

      

    80000 hours

    We are on the Titanic, going at full speed on a moonless night into iceberg waters. Have we hit the iceberg yet, and made it inevitable that we will go down? We don’t know. …. there’s no way to prove it. It is definitely not a waste for some of us to keep trying to explore to see if there’s a way out.
    - Daniel Ellsberg

    Wow, what an episode. As many others, Daniel states that we're still at high risk of a nuclear war. One new thing I learned was that the amount of warheads is magnitudes too high and that the military industrial complex might be responsible for this (by bad economic/business incentives). Let's hope we won't blow ourselves up anytime soon.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ethics of Infinity

    05 October 2018

      

    80000 hours

    Always be clear in your communication. Many people aren't and that leads to two interpretations of what you've said. One that is charitable by your followers who see in it what they want. And the other negatively by the outgroup. This can only lead to more division.

    The podcast goes further to discuss infinite ethics which was interesting but seems less practical to me than other topics discussed in the 80000 hours podcasts.

    Listen to the episode

  • Ethics of Infinity

    05 October 2018

      

    The Knowledge Project

    Atul Gawande teaches once again that very simple processes can be the key to ding great things. I loved his books and I encourage you to read The Checklist Manifesto and Being Mortal.

    Atul Gawande is one of the most impressive individuals I’ve had the pleasure to interview. He’s one of the world’s top surgeons, a researcher, a prolific writer at The New Yorker, a multiple time best-selling author, and a husband and father to boot.

    Listen to the episode

  • Sacred & Profane

    05 October 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris gets together with Bill Maher and Larry Charles to celebrate the 10th anniversary of their film “Religulous.” They discuss religion, politics, comedy, and other dangerous topics.

    One interesting thing about the documentary is that it's still relevant today. Try making one about bitcoin now and see how relevant it stays. Or one about jumpstyle some years back. Religion is quite ridiculous and opinions are only slowly changing (we of course want/need religion for the conform that it brings, but in my opinion it isn't helping much in bringing us closer and towards more knowledge).

    Listen to the episode

  • The Trust Battery

    04 October 2018

      

    The Knowledge Project

    Shane interviews the founder and CEO of Shopify, Tobi LĂźtke. Shopify is the largest ecommerce platform that allows people to easily set up online storefronts to sell everything from jewelry to surfing lessons.

    Some lessons from the episode are:

    • Tobi believes that games have thought him much about running a company. That there is transfer learning between games like Factorio and planning resources for your company.
    • Much of the advice about building a start-up company is about primary markets. Places where employees leave after 1 or 2 years. Tobi argues that in secondary markets, you build for the long term. Thus you can also invest more in the person (vs the skills) and in their training.
    • There are three kinds of processes. There’s a kind of process that makes things that were previously impossible to do, possible. That’s good. Then there’s a kind of process that makes something that was previously possible significantly simpler, which is also good. And then there’s everything else. I bet you 99.9% of all process that exists in corporate America is the third category, which is actually just telling people to behave slightly different from what common sense tells them to do.
    • The Trust Battery. You see the trust between you and people (colleagues for instance) as a battery. When someone joins the company the battery is already half full (they were selected etc). And over time if they prove themselves the battery goes up to 90%. At this moment you check less work and know you can rely om them more and more. Of course it also works the other way around. Great metaphore.
    • The Trust Battery. You see the trust between you and people (colleagues for instance) as a battery. When someone joins the company the battery is already half full (they were selected etc). And over time if they prove themselves the battery goes up to 90%. At this moment you check less work and know you can rely om them more and more. Of course it also works the other way around. Great metaphore.

    Listen to the episode

  • How To Keep it Simple While Scaling Big

    03 October 2018

      

    Masters of Scale

    Instagram co-founder Kevin Systrom knows: You can scale big with a simple idea (and a tiny team!) — but only if you catch the prevailing winds. The simple photo app tapped the right trends and dodged needless complexities. The result? 30M users in 18 months (and 1B today). Plus, a $1B sale of a 13-person company.

    What are you doing better than anyone else? What can you focus on? I've heard the story of Instagram before and if I had to pick one word it should be FOCUS. Or again (see a few podcasts below), you do you!

    Listen to the episode

  • How To Build Trust Fast

    02 October 2018

      

    Masters of Scale

    When Daniel Ek founded Spotify, he did what no disruptor had done before: He worked WITH the industry he was trying to reinvent. By hacking shortcuts to trust with all his constituencies (users included), Ek built long-term relationships – and a 140M-user strong music-streaming platform.

    Next to the ideas about trust, another one I picked up (and also heard mention before on the Knowledge Project) is that you can make something that is competing with free. Spotify was better, more user friendly, better equiped to help you listen to music than Napster and the like. And that is what makes people pay for it each month. Maybe the same can be said about Starbucks vs coffee at the office. It does coffee (and 3rd living space) much better than your experience at the office.

    Listen to the episode

  • Bobbi Brown Cosmetics: Bobbi Brown

    01 October 2018

      

    How I Built This

    Bobbi Brown started out as a makeup artist in New York City, but hated the gaudy color palette of the 1980s. She eventually shook up the industry by introducing "nude makeup" with neutral colors and a natural tone. In 1995, EstĂŠe Lauder acquired Bobbi Brown Cosmetics and Bobbi remained there for 22 years, until she realized the brand was no longer the one she had built.

    Another great woman who has built a mega brand (of course not one I knew of before listening to the episode). The one lesson I take away is to do your own thing, be unique, be different, and be outstanding. Bobbi's thing was "nude makeup", it may sound boring but it had an audience, a market, an appeal. What is mine? What is yours?

    Listen to the episode

  • Cisco Systems & Urban Decay: Sandy Lerner

    30 September 2018

      

    How I Built This

    In the pre-Internet 1970's, Sandy Lerner was part of a loosely-knit group of programmers that was trying to get computers to talk to each other. Eventually, she and Len Bosack launched Cisco Systems, making the routing technology that helped forge the plumbing of the Internet. But when things turned sour at the company, she was forced to leave, giving her the chance to start something entirely new: an edgy line of cosmetics called Urban Decay.

    A great episode with a very driven entrepreneur. It's about building something because she wanted to improve the world and the rest came. It is also about her struggle with the VC and about on the one hand not giving in, and also knowing when to let go.

    Listen to the episode

  • How to Invest with Clear Thinking

    29 September 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    Howard Marks is co-chairman and co-founder of Oaktree Capital Management, a leading investment firm with more than $120 billion in assets. He is the author of the new book Mastering the Market Cycle: Getting the Odds on Your Side, and his previous book on investing, The Most Important Thing: Uncommon Sense for the Thoughtful Investor, was a critically acclaimed bestseller.

    There is a lot of wisdom about systems thinking in this episode. Some shoutouts to Thinking: Fast and Slow and overall good advice. Howard is a value investor, yet his advise can be read more broadly. He also thinks that we are on the last sprint of this economic cycle and I wonder what will happen when it breaks (I give it a max of 2 years).

    Listen to the episode

  • Here's Why You're Not an Elite Athlete

    28 September 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    There are a lot of factors that go into greatness, many of which are not obvious. A variety of Olympic and professional athletes tell us how they made it and what they sacrificed to get there. And if you can identify the sport most likely to get a kid into a top college — well then, touché!

    There is a lot of hard work and dedication that goes into becoming great at a sport. What I found interesting is that here, more than in other fields, you also need some talent. And talent can be your length, the way your muscle fibres are structured, etc. And that money can be a limiting factor in how you will express that talent. If your parents can't drive you to a game somewhere in another state, you will have less practice than another kid. Ps. Fencing is the sport of choice if you want to have the highest chance of sports scholarship success.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Edge of Humanity

    27 September 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam Harris speaks with Yuval Noah Harari about his new book 21 Lessons for the 21st Century. They discuss the importance of meditation for his intellectual life, the primacy of stories, the need to revise our fundamental assumptions about human civilization, the threats to liberal democracy, a world without work, universal basic income, the virtues of nationalism, the implications of AI and automation, and other topics.

    The new/interesting thing I took away from this conversation is that Harari sees nationalism as a good construct. He argues that in the first time in history we can fight/die/serve a country. Before you served your family, your tribe, and no one more. He argues that the step from village to country is larger than from country to humanity. I hop he is true and that concepts like effective altruism are successful.

    Read my reviews of Sapiens and Homo Deus (TBD?)

    Listen to the episode

  • Safe Space

    26 September 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam and Jonathan Haidt discuss the hostility to free speech that has grown more common among young adults, recent moral panics on campus, the role of intentions in ethical life, the economy of prestige in “call out” culture, how we should define bigotry, systemic racism, the paradox of progress, and other topics.

    What worries me most is the tribalism and how many people are afraid of the world. They don't want to be exposed to other ideas because they are afraid what it will do to them. And although the fear is understandable, the non-tolerance for free speech is unbelievable and in my opinion very much destructive.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Omnivore's Dilemma - Michael Pollan

    26 September 2018

     

         

    I've liked the Robert Langdon series for quite some years now. This book is no exception. It is a puzzle story and Robert finds himself in the middle of the action again.

    What I liked even more is that it examines some great themes that I've been thinking about. These include religions, AI, the orgin of life, our future. I won't spoil much more here, but go read it.

    Read the full review

  • The Omnivore's Dilemma - Michael Pollan

    18 September 2018

     

         

    How does or food system work? And how can we make better choices of we're more informed about what we eat. These are some of the questions Michael Pollan answers in this very well written book.

    Go on a journey of three different meals and prepare to learn a lot.

    Read the full review

  • Life 3.0 - Max Tegmark

    17 September 2018

     

         

    Where will AI technology go? How can we develop it in a beneficial way? And what is all that can go wrong?

    These are just some of the questions in Life 3.0. Tegmark shows of his deep knowledge of his field and excites the reader with both his realism and optimism for our future.

    Read the full review

  • All Systems Red // Artificial Condition // Rogue Protocol

    09 September 2018

     

         

    Over the last few weeks I've been listening to the first three installments of the Murderbot Diaries. They all are novellas of around 150 pages and are fun and entertaining. You follow along with a SecUnit which has become consciousness (it hacked it's governing module). You watch some series together, make friends with ART, and do some murdering (to protect humans of course).

    Visit Martha Wells' website to see if there are more installments!

  • Who Needs Consciousness?

    09 September 2018

      

    Article

    I was forward this article by a friend of mine a while back. And yesterday I finally read it. It was insightful and here are my notes/summary of the article

    • Consciousness is a Darwinian adaptation and evolved by natural selection
    • It gave some advantage by having a subjective experience instead of going through the motions
    • Explanations are about long-term thinking (e.g. hunting), or social environments
    • There are six pitfalls Dawkins warns about
    1. Definitions and the tyranny of language
      • Cognition: Process of perceiving, processing, and storing information
      • *E.g. the response of plants to light
      • Consciousness: Immediate awareness of thought, memory or sensation
      • There isn't necessary connection between cognition and consciousness
      • Animal welfare: psychological health (emotions), physical health (body)
      • * We cross a shaky bridge (metaphore) when going from scientific data (physical) to what we think animals experience (psychological)
    2. Thinking that there is only one 'argument from analogy'
      • There are many ways to cross the bridge
      • Some see the way animals express pain (physiological) as analogus to how we do it and infer that they experience (psychological) it the same way, but others might not be convinced by those arguments
      • Some thinking physiological expressions are important, others cognitive abilities, others the similarities in brain structures, or language
      • This might have to do with 3 different levels of consciousness you can be describing
        1. Phenomenal consciousness: experience of seeing, hearing, feeling pain, etc.
        2. Access consciousness: experience of thinking about or reporting a mental state in present or past (memory)
        3. Monitoring and self-consciousness: experience of thinking about one's own actions and their effect and if necessary modifying them
      • For different levels, you might need/want different bridges (e.g. for the latter two you would maybe need language)
    3. Assuming that 'choice' and 'preference' imply consciousness
      • E.g. Both people and rats drink more water when deprived before
      • We experience water as better in those first gulps/glasses
      • Because rats follow the same drinking pattern (more first), they experience the same pleasure
      • Alas, plants do the same thing. A dodder plant chooses to entangle more nutritious plants over others
      • Listen to this Radiolab podcast for more.
      • A way out of this pitfall is to divide choice in two categories
        1. Fixed innate responses (the plant)
        2. Choices that involve learning to perform arbitrary actions in order to obtain goals (e.g. pulling a lever for food)
    4. Assuming that autonomic responses imply consciousness
      • In humans there are 3 systems that underly emotions
        1. The cognitive/verbal
        2. The autonomic (e.g. heart rate)
        3. The behavioural/expressive
      • We reason by analogy that if we see 2) and 3), animals are also experiencing (consciousness) 1).
      • But, these are not always correlated (e.g. going quickly from fear to excitement can show the same outwardly)
      • "Let us look for consciousness not in the heart or the bloodstream or the rectum but in the brain where it surely belongs."
    5. Assuming that complexity of behaviour implies cognition
      • The Social Intellect theory (Humphrey, 1976) argues that social systems are so complex it demands conscious evaluation
      • Alas, simple computer algorithms are showing that complexity is not actually needed
      • "There is no complex cognition, no need even for memory of the behaviour..."
    6. Assuming that only cognitively complex organisms are conscious
      • "You don't need to be very clever to feel pain or hunger or fear."
      • (and the other way around) Animals with fewer cognitive abilities might still posess consciousness
    • Animal welfare implications
      • Dawkins ends the article by stating that the confusion about definitions troubles the water when discussing animal welfare. I think this article helps with clearing some of that up and although it (or any other article to date) solves why we have consciousness (and who with us), it is helpful.

    Read the article

  • Digital Humanism

    04 September 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    In conversation with Jaron Lanier a very interesting topic is discussed. He states that information should not be free. He argues that when paid for it is better in many cases. And that paid services align the incentives in a better way. Think about Spotify and how it has won over Napster/Limewire etc. It should be easy/convenient for people, but not per se free. This is, I think, also why Netflix has been such a success and I know friends who used to download series now consuming all of that via Netflix.

    Listen to the episode

  • David Roodman - Research, prison, crime

    03 September 2018

      

    80000 hours

    In the interview with David Roodman we get a look into the effect of incarceration on crime. Hint, there is, in most cases, no link. The program of three strikes and out has little to no deterrence effect.

    "Then there are the after-effects, and this is where it gets most complicated. Being in prison you could imagine, could reduce the amount of crime you commit afterwards. Maybe you learn to read, or you’re helped off of your drug problem, or you’re scared straight by the experience. But it’s also easy to imagine that being in prison just makes things worse. That you’re more alienated from society, that you’re closer friends with other criminals, and you learn from their techniques, or you have less ability to get a real job because you’re marked as a felon."

    Listen to the episode

  • The Power Of Design

    02 September 2018

      

    TED Radio Hour

    When designing a product (like Queal) you want to think about both the rational and emotional needs. The rational part is about what people need (and want). The emotional part is about what gets them of their butts. About what engages them. A product needs emotional momentum.

    The founder of Nest speaks about having a beginner mindset. How can we experience the world better?

    Architecture is about symbols. Ones that are recognizable and ones that are new. The pendulum broke when social media and internet came around. Now you can even 'test' buildings on social media.

    We design ourselves too. Black beard, the pirate, was one of the first. He used the well-known symbols on his flag to get others to surrender without a fight. The greatest designers are great dreamers.

    Animals are also great designers. The natural world is full of awesome design. Biomimicery is the concept of taking innovation inspired by nature. An example is the acoustic camera at airports (the one you stand in with your arms up), this was taken from echolocation (bats).

    Listen to the episode

  • Why You Shouldn't Open a Restaurant

    01 September 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    As the title says, it's best not to open a restaurant. Steven talks with Kenji Lopez-Alt (a food scientist and critic). They discuss some of the aspects that you face when opening a restaurant, many of which are not foreseen. And again, don't open a restaurant.

    Listen to the episode

  • How to Be Happy

    30 August 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    Why are we happy and how can we have more of it? As discussed in an earlier episode, it shouldn't all be about GDP.

    "We have the paradox that income per person rises in the United States, but happiness does not. And it’s not that that’s because humans are humans. It’s because the U.S. is falling behind other countries, because we are not pursuing dimensions of happiness that are extremely important: our physical health, the mental health in our community, the social support, the honesty in government. And this is weighing down American well-being."

    Nordic countries have happier people, and that because they have these factors. They have more purpose, fewer working hours, and great social support.

    Listen to the episode

  • Drew Houston - The Billionaire Founder of Dropbox

    29 August 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss<

    Tim interviews Drew Houston about his life and extracts many lessons on building a business and how to be a good manager. It was an enjoyable episode. As always there are good stories and life lessons to be extracted.

    They mentioned quite some books and here are a few I might have already wrote something about:

    Listen to the episode

  • Two (Totally Opposite) Ways to Save the Planet

    28 August 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    The environmentalists say we’re doomed if we don’t drastically reduce consumption. The technologists say that human ingenuity can solve just about any problem. A debate that’s been around for decades has become a shouting match. Is anyone right?

    The podcast looks at the wizards (technology, progress, let's solve it) and prophets (environmentalists, doom, we need to reduce). Charles Mann has written a book about this: The Wizard and the Prophet. And that reminded me of this article (which is from another author).

    Listen to the episode

  • Thinking About Thinking

    25 August 2018

      

    The Knowledge Project

    Shane interviews Tyler Cowen, who writes a blog called Marginal Revolution. And has written the book Average is Over

    Tyler is quite the interesting guest and they philosophise about what the future will bring. And how (of course) there will be no middle class like we know it today.

    Listen to the episode

  • Navigating Sex and Gender

    22 August 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam speaks with Martie Haselton. The conversation defines quite some terms related to gender/sex. It provided few new bits of information for me, especially after listening to the Radiolab episodes at the beginning of the summer.

    One thing that I did take away is that it's still very good that people have honest conversations about these topics and that identity politics and erronious conclusions is something we should be wary about.

    Listen to the episode

  • Story Behind The Numbers

    21 August 2018

      

    TED Radio Hour

    Is the world getting better or not? That is the central question of this episode. You hear the positive perspective from Steven Pinker (Better Angels of our Nature), and more pessimistic views of Tyler Cowen (Average is Over).

    GDP is also covered and it's proposed that we use something 'better' to measure wealth/welfare. This is coined the Social Progress Index/framework. It takes into account 1) basic needs, 2) building blocks for improvement, 3) ability to reach goals.

    Listen to the episode

  • How To Kill Your Bad Ideas

    22 August 2018

      

    Masters of Scale

    Reid interviews Mark Pincus, founder of Zynga and a few other technology companies. The key take-away is to kill your bad ideas, but pursue your big idea relentless.

    Separate a bad idea from a winning one. Use metrics to do this. And always keep involved with the details (e.g. Elon Musk) so you don't lose touch with what is/should be happening.

    Listen to the episode

  • Why We Choke Under Pressure

    09 August 2018

      

    Freakonomics

    Choking under pressure can be the result of thinking too much. We try and control everything and thereby forget/confuse our body that is doing most things on auto-pilot (at least for a professional). And that auto-pilot is what you're training before.

    For creative tasks, a monetary reward is not the thing you want to be giving people. A high (more money) incentive led to the worst outcome in some experiments.

    How to get better (and not choke), deliberate practice. More about that in Peak by Anders Ericsson.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Bad Show

    30 July 2018

      

    Radiolab

    Hmm I don't seem to have any of the Radiolab episodes here yet. But please do check out their website. I also loved their episodes around the theme 'Gonads' (gender/sex/identity).

    We all do bad things (right?). One thing that is highlighted is that obedience (as thought in all psy introductory classes) is really about what people feel they ought to do (so not blindly following the experimenter, but doing it from an internal feeling too). We do something that is bad/painful to help/make sacrifices too (i.e. the same bias/heuristic can be positive too).

    Is Fritz Haber good or bad? He invented ammonia. This has fed the world ever since (it's used widely in agriculture). But he also invented chlorine gas (used in WW1). And later CyclonB was used in WW2 concentration camps, based on his inventions. What do you think?

    And do reasons for (bad) behaviour matter? The last part of the episode is about the Green River killer. Why did he do it? What was the meaning?

    Listen to the episode

  • Steve Madden: Steve Madden

    30 July 2018

      

    How I Built This

    Steve started his entrepreneurial journey by learning from others. He was mentored by another person in the shoe business. But after a while he was eager to spread his wings and be his own boss.

    Steve Maddon participated in the pump & dump schemes as portrait in Wolf of Wall Street. He stated that the boiler room depictions in the movie were true to life. He eventually spent time in jail and did quite some drugs around that period.

    One nugget from the episode was that he found a different market (audience) for his product than expected. He was targetting people his age but found that younger kids bought the shoes. The same goes for where he craved respect (the industry people) and later found it from others.

    Guy always asks the entrepreneurs "Was it luck or talent?". Steve answer was about windows of opportunity. You've got to grasp those. So (as always) it's a combination.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Psychology of Money

    27 July 2018

      

    Article

    In investing there can be people with no background, with no study, who can outperform others who's job it is to do financial work. Someone who just saves every month can have more money in the bank than an investment banker who spends it all.

    "Managing money isn't necessarily about what you know; it's about how you behave."

    Here are twenty biases, flaws, and mental fallacies.

    • Earned success and deserved failure fallacy: A tendency to underestimate the role of luck and risk, and a failure to recognize that luck and risk are different sides of the same coin.
    • Cost avoidance syndrome: A failure to identify the true costs of a situation, with too much emphasis on financial costs while ignoring the emotional price that must be paid to win a reward.
    • Rich man in the car paradox. The paradox of wealth is that people tend to want it to signal to others that they should be liked and admired.
    • A tendency to adjust to current circumstances in a way that makes forecasting your future desires and actions difficult, resulting in the inability to capture long-term compounding rewards that come from current decisions.
    • Anchored-to-your-own-history bias: Your personal experiences make up maybe 0.00000001% of what’s happened in the world but maybe 80% of how you think the world works.
    • Historians are Prophets fallacy: Not seeing the irony that history is the study of surprises and changes while using it as a guide to the future. An overreliance on past data as a signal to future conditions in a field where innovation and change is the lifeblood of progress.
    • The seduction of pessimism in a world where optimism is the most reasonable stance.
    • Underappreciating the power of compounding, driven by the tendency to intuitively think about exponential growth in linear terms.
    • Attachment to social proof in a field that demands contrarian thinking to achieve above-average results.
    • An appeal to academia in a field that is governed not by clean rules but loose and unpredictable trends.
    • The social utility of money coming at the direct expense of growing money; wealth is what you don’t see.
    • A tendency toward action in a field where the first rule of compounding is to never interrupt it unnecessarily.
    • Underestimating the need for room for error, not just financially but mentally and physically.
    • A tendency to be influenced by the actions of other people who are playing a different financial game than you are.
    • An attachment to financial entertainment due to the fact that money is emotional, and emotions are revved up by argument, extreme views, flashing lights, and threats to your wellbeing.

    If there’s a common denominator in these, it’s a preference for humility, adaptability, long time horizons, and skepticism of popularity around anything involving money. Which can be summed up as: Be prepared to roll with the punches.

    Read the article

  • On B2B2C Business Models

    27 July 2018

      

    Article

    This article is about B2B2C companies, but I actually expected it to be about Channel partnerships / other ways of doing B2B2C.

    "B2B2C is where your company sells a product/service to a business, gaining customers and/or data from that business that you get to keep and use. And where, most importantly, that group of customers becomes untethered from the middle B — at some point, they recognize that YOU (the first B!) are the product they use."

    "...well-structured set of business deals led to lots of downstream consumers with no per-customer acquisition cost."

    • B2B2C is easiest to sell when Business A does NOT want to be in the business you are offering
    • Don’t tickle the bear — optimize for early clients first, as keeping track of “what can I do with differently-acquired groups of customers” is unwieldy.
    • Give > Get: a logical time to “flex” end-customer ownership is when you are able to contribute more to Business A than you receive from Business A.
    • The “exhaust” of a B2B2C business is either customers or their data. It’s essential that end customers identify as customers of your Business B if you have a plan to count them as yours (and the same applies to data).
    • A signed contract is just the beginning of the sale.

    Read the article

  • How To Live Life On Your Own Terms

    24 July 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    “I’m pretty oblivious to a lot of things intentionally. I don’t want to be influenced that much.” - Jason Fried

    I'm a fan of Jason Fried (and DHH) of Basecamp fame. I use Basecamp daily and love how they look at business. Rework is my most re-read business book to date. Here are some of my notes from the episode.

    • Jason doesn't follow dogma. He doesn't follow news, or industry news. He therefore needs to busy himself by developing his own (original) ideas.
    • He has no goals, no planning (personally), he just goes where he needs to go. (I have become more accustomed to this idea over the past years, but still like to make goals to give direction. I think his direction/mission/vision may be more internalized, or that he really has none, which may be a more 'budda' way of living).
    • "Comparison is the death of joy"
    • So how does he make good decisions? For Basecamp it means they have 6 week cycles (with 2 weeks of down/thinking-time in between.
    • He has no expectations. Say your goal was 21% growth last year, and you only have 20%, you may be very dissapointed. This is crazy, it's all in your head. He argues that intrinsic motivation is much better.
    • This aligns with the ideas from Triggers, about doing your best, that is good enough. And also makes me think of the concept of 'circle of control'. This is also mentioned in 7 Habits of Highly Effective People.
    • Jason uses the example of running that triggered him to think this way. He was first trying to beat a certain time. But he got frustrated every time he didn't make that. So he just let go, he put his focus on enjoying running and doing his best. I like that he then didn't go on to say that he achieved the original goal, no he just enjoyed running.
    • Jason tries to have as little anxiety as possible in his life. So he doesn't read news online, he does read the IRL newspaper once a day.
    • He argues that life is not that complicated. We make it that way. He mentions Seeking Wisdom (book I haven't read). And argues that we make it complex as a sport for ourselves (i.e. to keep ourselves busy).
    • They also touch upon Stoicism (philosphy) and mention A Guide to the Good Life which is a great introduction to Stoicism. Negative visualisation, confronting fear head on instead of letting it linger in the background of your mind.
    • "Make something for yourself, and find others like you." (great business advice) (but don't forget to tell the others)
    • Jason doesn't commit to things far away in the future. He thinks Warren Buffet does the same. He likes to have no hassle. And you can easily commit to something far away, but when it comes you still pay the costs (e.g. time). When telling someone no (e.g. a speaking engagement in the future) he is honest about why he won't do it, people appreciate that and accept it.
    • People protect their money, they should do the same with their time. This is a learned skill.
    • When hiring people, Jason (read: Basecamp) looks at if they are great writers. It shows great communication skills and is important for many people, even designers. It shows how they can present themselves to the world. And much of that presentation is in written for these days.
    • If he could teach a course it would be about writing. It would teach iteration, something we do in real life (e.g. the iterations of this post or webite) and which isn't really thought in school. He would let people write a long essay (a few pages), then write a shorter version (a few times) to teach the relevant skills.

    Listen to the episode

  • Globalism on the Brink

    23 July 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam Harris speaks with political analyst Ian Bremmer. What I took away from the conversation is a better understanding of the worries about globalism and some of the troubling times we're facing.

    • There are legitimate concerns from 'them/the other side'. This refers to the worries that many people on the (extreme) right voice, but also something that is on the mind of the average person. What about immigration, what about globalism? What about jobs? And not all concerns are valid (jobs are lost to automation). But we must understand before we can start solving the problem.
    • In the conversation they define globalism as the political idea of free trade and global security. Ian argues that this in essence is a good idea.
    • Globalisation is the real-world implementation of this idea. This is the economic impact and also can be considered as something that lifts all boats.
    • Cosmopolitan is defined as someone who feels like he/she is a citizen of the world. The opposite is identity politics (which Sam earlier argued that Ezra Klein and others on the left and many on the right are engaging in). Facebook is responsible for quite a lot of the polarization and us-them divide.
    • Ian argues, and I agree, that cellphones are also to blame. He uses an example of going to jury duty and there was no interaction amongst the (very diverse) New Yorkers that were there (200+ people, watching a training video). From the same experience 6 years ago he still was in contact with some people.
    • People (the 'them' from before) have legit concerns around globalisation. The costs for Germany for the immigrants that they take on are actually great. Turkey, Jordan and many African countries are also facing the high costs of caring for refugees. I think that we can argue that it's our duty to do so, but I also understand that not everyone sees it this way and that change is almost always received in a negative way.
    • Other legitimate concerns are around crime (higher for migrant communities), bad integration (which also means less intelligence for police), radicalism, and fear of outsiders from the community that is seeing change. Ian also mentions that Trump grew up in a white neighbourhood that saw much diversification over his youth.
    • In today's discourse there is no room for complexity and nuance.
    • Ian also mentioned the automation which made me think of Humans Need Not Apply - Jerry Kaplan
    • With automation Ian thinks that many developing countries will have significant problems with many people who won't have a job. America will be ok, he thinks, it's rich enough. China will be able to give people 'bullshit' jobs (I heard the term sowhere else). But countries like India, Tunis and others won't be able to do th is.
    • Ian thinks that UBI is interesting, but he would like to see a more complete model that includes things like job training.
    • Wealth inequality is too high (see Guardian article). People feel that they have no opportunities. Healthcare is becoming more expensive. Schooling in America is failing. And there is little political discourse on the national level. He believe that redistribution is something that is happening on the local level and through philanthropy (but of course you want this to happen on the national level).
    • One example of a country that is still thriving is Japan. But this example is quite different from other countries because of the ageing population and little immigration. This example, unfortunately, is also therefore used by alt-right groups to justify their viewpoints.
    • Ian believes that the trade war is only a dispute and that America has more to lose. China is making their own Marshall plan (Belt and Road initiative, explainer video). It's more transactional than the US version decades ago. But for the US to thrive they should keep friendly with their allies (read: EU).

    Listen to the episode

  • Groen in glas

    15 July 2018

     

        

    I read this book over the weekend at Lotte. And it's about growing plants in glass. I've made a few ones and hope that they will stay alive over the coming weeks/years. Here is a translated excerpt.

    "Green in glass is for everyone who loves plants and green in the house. Plants in a bottle - both 'open' and 'closed' - form an eye-catcher in your interior. Green blogger Judith Baehner shows in her book what forms of terrariums there are and how you organize and maintain them. With the many step by step photos everyone can get started."

  • The Rise and Fall of D.O.D.O. - Neal Stephenson

    30 June 2018

     

         

    Neal Stephenson is well known for his sci-fi books. Some are deep into the tech world, and 'Dodo' was a step away from there. It featured witches, time-travel and more shenanigans. I enjoyed the (long) book, but it veared of course quite a few times for me. The narrative was long and sometimes I think it could have established what he wanted with less fluff.

    Nonetheless it was a great book that had a strong narrative and was as cohesive as it could be with time-travel in the mix. There is even some 'hard' science with regards to quantum states so that's interesting too.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • Public Commitment 2018 Update

    10 July 2018

      

    Floris Wolswijk

    I've updated my goals for this year. In the blog post I reflect on how the year has been going and what my plans are for Q3 and Q4.

    I'm happy with where my life is at the moment. I'm working actively on my fitness goals. I could make more time for writing and still want to spend less time doing 'useless' things like watching YouTube.

    Read the blog

  • Freeing the Hostages

    10 July 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam Harris speaks with FBI negotiator Chris Voss. In the conversation they touch upon different topics related to hostage situations and how to resolve them.

    • When you open up communication with the bad guys, you always learn information (e.g. the way they speak, or they reveal with how many they are).
    • Following the money is easy and can lead to you catching the whole gang instead of just a few.
    • If captured, humanise yourself (let them say your name to get you to move)
    • Kidnapping is way more common in non-western countries (e.g. about 3000 in Mexico per year).
    • Use the 'fear of loss' heuristic as named by Kahneman (see Thinking: Fast and Slow)
    • Copy/mirror the language the other person is using (even outside hostage situations)
    • Deception will only give you short-term gains, so never use it.
    • Profit in most cases isn't made in the headline number, but in the way you get it (e.g. 1000 dollar days for FBI operators are good, but not if you only have 1 per month, then you better can do more 500 dollar days without travel time)
    • Anger, like deception, also never gives you long-term success.

    Listen to the episode

  • Cosmos: A Spacetime Odyssey

    09 July 2018

      

    Series

    I started rewatching this series hosted by Neil deGrasse Tyson. It's very educative and inspiring. I've made some notes for myself. I will add to these in the future and sometimes post again that I've watched another (few) episode(s).

    Read my notes

  • Never Underestimate Your First Idea

    08 July 2018

      

    Masters of Scale

    Reid Hoffman interviews Ev Williams from Twitter, Blogger, and Medium. He has always had one driving idea behind his ventures. He wasn't that successful in the beginning (or at all back then), but he had perseverance. And he had a big idea, of spreading ideas. That is what made him continue and thrive.

    “There is great stuff in the minds out there in the world, and the Internet is this big machine that connects them.”

    Listen to the episode

  • Effective Altruism Discussion Evening #4

    04 July 2018

      

    Effective Altruism

    During the evening we learned about why factory farming is bad (animal suffering, environment, human suffering). We discussed the ways that people are tackling the problem. Both with regard to our consumption, the conditions in the factory farms, and to offering alternatives. One of my biggest takeaways is that we won’t easily (or at all) change people’s behaviour, but that institutional change may be able to nudge a lot of people into making better choices.

    More notes from the evening

    Be there at the next meetup

  • Chicken Salad Chick: Stacy Brown

    03 July 2018

      

    How I Built This

    What if you could take such a simple, and maybe even niche, concept as chicken salad (sandwiches) and make that into a $75M business? That is what Stacy Brown did. It took a lot of courage, conviction, perseverance, and guts.

    Although the story of a chicken salad company didn't sound inspiring, I found the story very moving. Stacy went through a lot of things and she persevered. From last minute investments to the tragic story of her husbands fight with cancer. Listen and be inspired.

    Listen to the episode

  • Dictators, Immigration, #metoo, and Other Imponderables

    02 July 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    "In this episode of the Waking Up podcast, Sam Harris speaks with Masha Gessen about Vladimir Putin, the problem of gouging public opinion in Russia, Trump’s fondness for dictators, the challenges of immigration, comparisons between Christian and Muslim intolerance, “fake news” and the health of journalism, the #MeToo movement, and other topics"

    What struck me as particularly interesting is that Masha mentions that there really is no public opinion in Russia. She has to reiterate that a few times before Sam hears it. She means to say that people there really don't have an opinion and just follow exactly what the media says they should think. That is pretty crazy. How is that here? How much are we influenced or are we capable of forming our own opinions? (I hope we do (still) have that ability).

    Masha also calls Sam out on a switch and bait. He compares the attitudes of Christian Americans and all Muslims on homosexuality. He says the former would never kill a person over that, but the latter would (i.e. almost all of the would find it ok if someone was killed because they were gay). But that is excluding the millions of Christians around the world who would kill a homosexual. And while that is very bad too, it shows that Muslims aren't the only ones with hateful/wrong views.

    Listen to the episode

  • Cal Fussman Corners Tim Ferriss

    02 July 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    This interview took a deep dive into the history of Tim Ferriss. It showed how the pieces from an early age made the Tim of today possible.

    One lesson is: Get an audience, then sell a product. That way you risk less (e.g. having 100 books without readers). And it also allows you to validate the idea beforehand.

    Tim tried different things, but all had a purpose in mind. He was relentless in trying. He kept calling, emailing and showing up and doing the work.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Network Man

    02 July 2018

      

    Article

    This article is about Reid Hoffman, the founder of LinkedIn. And how he goes about his life.

    He starts his dinners with a list of things to discuss. That is an excellent way to see what you both want to get out of the conversation and for things to linger before you talk about them.

    He is an 'ubernode', he is more connected that almost anyone in the world. One of the reasons is that his vision is so clear. "His project is to build a better world, whose outlines are much clearer to him than to most people."

    "“How can I be helpful?” All his activities are in the service of the same cause: to make it possible for more people to operate the way he does."

    The rest of the article talks about his life, how he sees the world and what is goals are.

    He mentions Peter Thiel (PayPal, and very controversial). And also notes that Snowcrash (TBD) had a significant influence on him.

    "He told me that in Silicon Valley prestige is not especially important, which means that there is an assumed equivalence between numerically measurable performance and social value."

    "Hoffman was especially good at finding some degree of moderation in relations with the world as it exists, without abandoning aggressive behavior."

    "There was no middle class, then there was a middle class, now we’re back where we started—it’s hollowed out. I don’t see where the middle class is going to come from. You’ll start seeing more conversation about a guaranteed income. Right now, there’s an absolute belief that markets can solve everything—software can."

    "Once network effects really kick in, they create a powerful barrier to entry for potential rivals: the more effort you’ve put into your identity on Facebook or LinkedIn or YouTube, the more difficult it becomes for you to switch to a competitor." (for more, see Zero to One (TBD))

    Read the article

  • Effective Altruism Global X Netherlands

    1 July 2018

      

    Effective Altruism

    During the EAGx in The Netherlands I enjoyed being together with others who are changing the world with the EA mindset. I presented around combining EA with entrepreneurship and went to a few workshops myself too. Mental health was one of the topics of interest that evening and some people are taking active steps towards addressing that cause area.

    The Event

    Be there at the next Rotterdam meetup

  • The Happy Body - Aniela & Jerzy Gregorek

    30 June 2018

     

         

    I first heard about this book via an interview on the Tim Ferriss podcast. Jerzy Gregorek is a well-known trainer and weightlifter. The book is full of tips around making a stronger body. He states that it all boils down to flexibility, strength and speed. And that the latter informs/helps the first two.

    The book is good in so far as that it has good exercises and comes from a good place of knowledge. The writing, formatting and testimonials aren't that well done.

    Read the full review

  • Tara Mac Aulay - Fixing without asking permission

    30 June 2018

      

    80000 hours

    This was a great interview about the role of operations within the Effective Altruism community. Tara shows how she has made vast improvements by applying her mindset. From saving millions at a hospital to now leading one of the EA organisations.

    "You don’t need permission. You don’t need to be allowed to do something that’s not in your job description. If you think that it’s gonna make your company or your organization more successful and more efficient, you can often just go and do it."

    Listen to the episode

  • The entropic brain: A theory of conscious states informed by neuroimaging research with psychedelic drugs

    27 June 2018

      

    Article

    "Based on neuroimaging data with psilocybin, a classic psychedelic drug,it is argued that the defining feature of “primary states” is elevated entropy (disorder) in certain aspects of brain function."

    "This entropy suppression furnishes normalwaking consciousness with a constrained quality and associated metacognitive functions, including reality-testing and self-awareness."

    "Entry into primary states depends on a collapse of the normally highly organized activity within the default-mode network (DMN) and a decoupling between the DMN and the medial temporal lobes(which are normally signicantly coupled."

    I forgot how I got linked to this article, but I find it to provide an interesting look into our consciousness. I only superficially understand what is written. Feel free to discuss the paper with me if you know more.

    Read the article

  • Andrew Chen - How startups die from their addiction to paid marketing

    27 June 2018

      

    Article

    Startups that grow can fool themselves about the Customer Acquisition Costs (CAC). When spending goes up it becomes harder to track, not easier. You may be able to acquire customers at a profit, but not with the overhead you have in the company.

    There is a Paid Marketing Local Max (the max amount you can spend that is smart to do). You must understand each channel by itself, not lump everything together. When you grow, the CAC may go up. The virality of your first customers is much higher than consequent ones.

    The ads themselves become less effective over time. They grow stale, people have seen them before. And there is (more) competition as time goes by.

    "The new generation of ad platforms makes it possible to scale revenue to new heights, but without profitability."

    "So for those of you who are thinking about going all-in on paid marketing, I challenge you to go deeper on that strategy. Perhaps cap your paid acquisition at 30-40% of TOF. Instead, where can you innovate?"

    So, think smarter and in many cases don't put all your eggs in the Paid Acquisition basket!

    Read the article

  • Tim Ferriss Goes to Maximum Security Prison

    27 June 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    A moving interview with 3 inmates in a Maximum Security Prison. Tim talks with them about the work they are doing with Defy Ventures. They are becoming entrepreneurs (Entrepreneurs in Training, EIT) and they are working from the inside (literally) to make the prison system and life afterwards better.

    I love how Tim is doing his best to speak to different people and how he is spreading the work of Defy Ventures. I'm not aware of similar programs in The Netherlands, but I would very strongly encourage it.

    Another episode with the founder of Defy, Catherine Hoke. And also read from the perspective of Brad Felt (Venture Capitalist).

    Listen to the episode

  • John Doerr - Why the secret to success is setting the right goals

    27 June 2018

      

    TED Talk

    Renowned venture capitalist John Doerr explains how we can use 'Objectives and Key Results' as a system to aim for, and reach, better goals. We can use them to be accountable, to know what we're working towards, and to better communicate with others in our team or the wider world.

    This talk reminds me of The Effective Executive (TBD). I think the commonality is that you do what you measure, and in many cases we measure nothing.

    Watch the TED Talk

  • Being Mortal - Atul Gawande

    26 June 2018

     

         

    What does it mean to live into old age? This is the central question I think that Atul Gawande poses. It's not perse about dying (though it of course also is), it's about the process towards it. He tells amazing stories of people who are becoming old. He takes us on a journey of how we've cared for them, and where we can improve. The book confronts us with our mortality.

    At around the same time as reading this book, I became aware that Gawande has been chosen to lead the health care company founded/financed by Warren Buffet, Jeff Bezos, and Jamie Dimon (of Berkshire Hathaway, Amazon, and JPMorgan Chase). I'm very interested to see where this will take him, and his amazing view on life. (Techcrunch, Forbes, Statnews).

    Read the full review

  • Hannah Fry - Is life really that complex?

    25 June 2018

      

    TED Talk

    We can explain many things in life. From the really small, to the really big. From the movement of a ball, to the movement of galaxies. But we're not very good at explaining what lies in between, the complex. Hannah Fry argues that with new techniques we will be able to do so. And with that we may be able to predict the behaviour of crowds, or predict how the stock market will move.

    I find it fascinating to see how this thinking connects disparate fields and will give us more insight into who we are. There is more on this in Deep Simplicity (TBD) and The Quark and the Jaguar (TBD).

    Watch the TED Talk

  • Liz Lambert - The Unstoppable Hotelier

    21 June 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    An interview with Liz Lambert and her journey through building her hotel. It's a story of perseverance, of believing in herself and her mission. At the same time also a story about enjoying the journey. About the journey being the destination. And believing that happiness can be found right there. The podcast is also about how she used design to make life better for others.

    Listen to the episode

  • Lululemon Athletica

    21 June 2018

      

    How I Built This

    The story of Chip Wilson and how he built one of the largest apparel companies in the world. One of the lessons is that he was keen on watching the trends and moving with them (or stepping out when he couldn't). He wasn't a yoga person, but he definitely was a fabric and fashion person. He built his team, and tried to make them excel.

    Listen to the episode

  • Universal Basic Income

    19 June 2018

      

    Sam Harris

    Sam Harris speaks with Andrew Yang about Universal Basic Income (TBD). It once again presents more information that convinces me that this is a good idea. It highlights some places where it has already been implemented and how it helps both financially as mentally (and allows people to do more meaningful work).

    They also touch upon some criticism of UBI. The funding is addressed, and shown to be possible and some of the positive side-effects may even be cheaper than our current system. People will not become sloths and do nothing all day if they get a guaranteed income. This income probably is also below the poverty line and many people can/should/will do additional jobs.

    One other point, not always highlighted, is that we just don't have jobs for many people any more. Many college graduates aren't finding jobs. Many people have left the workforce entirely. And this is all before the real AI automation will start. The top 5 jobs (e.g. trucking, working in retail) will be automated away. And yes there will be some new jobs but don't tell me a truck driver will easily become the new fleet coordinator.

    This podcast has given me more information to think about UBI and has added to my positive attitude towards the idea.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Paper Menagerie - Ken Liu

    20 June 2018

     

         

    I first learned about Ken Liu as translator of the Three Body Problem (and the two other books in the triology). His short stories are a mix of hard sci-fi (think: consciousnesses drifting around space) to moving stories of immigrants who've come from China to the US. I can highly recommend this collection of his short stories.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • The Green Pill

    14 June 2018

      

    Ezra Klein

    Ezra Klein interviews Melanie Joy about why we eat meat. It's a very interesting conversation that touches about some of our deepest routed beliefs. Joy defines the 'normal' way of eating as Carnism and that gives a new perspective to see the world through. I still find it difficult to think of what to best tell my meat eating friends. One of the good points made was that everyone really wants to do good. Many people just don't think about the suffering related to their consumption. I do the same when eating eggs. And on a positive note, veganism as a movement is growing rapidly. Trying your best is really how we should judge ourselves (and possibly others), and making progress (speaking for myself) is what will move things in the right direction.

    Listen to the episode

  • Effective Altruism Intro #19

    13 June 2018

      

    Effective Altruism

    In this fourteenth meetup we again gave some people a peak into the EA kitchen. We discussed charities, why some are neglected, what role our psychology and the 'attractiveness' of charities play. In the end I hope the participants are able to find more information on 80000hours.org to further shape their careers.

    Be there at the next meetup

  • The Undoing Project - Michael Lewis

    13 June 2018

     

         

    Michael Lewis follows the story of two psychologists who have changed the world. Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky lay bare our heuristics, biases and challenge the 'econ' model of mankind. Take a journey through their lives, discover their past and own hidden motives.

    Read the full review (TBD)

  • How to Succeed in High-Stress Situations

    12 June 2018

      

    Tim Ferriss

    This hour of the Tim Ferriss Show is a commentated reading of The Obstacle Is The Way by Ryan Holiday. Tim offers some of his own unique perspective. I took away some reminders of Stoic philosophy. One of them is to enjoy the struggle/obstacle/journey/life. To embrace what is coming to you and to be present to enjoy the experience.

    Listen to the episode

  • The Elephant in the Brain - Kevin Simler & Robin Hanson

    18 May 2018

     

         

    You don't talk about the elephant in the room. Nor do you talk about the hidden motives that drive your everyday life. In this riveting book you take a deep dive into the science of why we conceal motives from ourselves (and others). Then it's applied to various areas in life, from school to medicine. You won't look at any person or system the same after reading this book.

    Read the full review (TBD)